Make your own free website on Tripod.com
 The Earth-One Index

Wonder Woman

DC Special Series #19
Fall 1979
Cover: Hawkman, Aquaman, Elongated Man, Supergirl, Robin, Wonder Woman, Superman, Batman //Dick Giordano
Story: “The Secret Origin of Wonder Woman” (12 pages)
Editor: E. Nelson Bridwell
Writer: Cary Burkett
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Vince Colletta
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Gene D’Angelo
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (origin retold in this story; takes place isochronally with Wonder Woman #159; last chronological appearance possibly in flashback in DC Comics Presents #76; next chronological appearance in Wonder Woman #162; see Comment below)
Origin: Wonder Woman, Amazons (retold)
GS: Queen Hippolyte, Amazons, Mala, Steve Trevor, Aphrodite, Diana Prince (see Wonder Woman #159 and 162 for exact chronology)
Villains: A gang of thugs (first and only appearance)
Comments: This story retells Wonder Woman’s origin from Wonder Woman #159; see also Wonder Woman #105.  Wonder Woman’s chronology is detailed in the Comment for the first story in Wonder Woman #78.
Synopsis: 3000 years ago, the goddess Aphrodite molded from clay a race of superwomen she called Amazons, created to be stronger than men and to fight in the service of love.  To the Amazon Queen Hippolyte, Aphrodite bequeathed her Magic Girdle, and told her she would be invincible while she wore it.  But Hercules deceived Hippolyte into taking off the Magic Girdle and enslaved her and her Amazons.  When Hippolyte beseeched Aphrodite for help, the goddess granted it, but warned her that she and her fellow Amazons must wear the bracelets which Hercules and his men placed upon them forevermore, as a sign of the folly of submitting to men.  Aphrodite warned Hippolyte that removing the bracelets would cause an Amazon to go berserk, and having them chained together by a man would render an Amazon powerless.  The Amazons set sail for a new home, which they called Pardise Island.
 Later, Queen Hippolyte sculpted the statue of a child from clay. Aprhodite granted life to the statue, and named the child Diana, after the goddess of the hunt.  From an early age, little Diana exhbited strength and speed that were amazing, even for an Amazon.  At age 15, she was given the waters of immortality. But, years later, Diana and her friend Mala saw a crashed plane and an American pilot floating off the shore of Paradise Island.  Diana took the injured man, Steve Trevor,  to her temple of healing, making sure his feet did not touch the ground, and healed him with her invention, the Purple Ray.  Hippolyte consulted Aphrodite in the matter of the man, and learned his arrival indicated a time of great trouble in Man’s World, and that a young Amazon would have to return to the outside world with him to fight evil.  Hippolyte commissioned a contest of Amazons to determine who would go to America, while forbidding her daughter Diana to compete.  Diana did so anyway, donning a mask, and won the competition.  Resigning herself, Hippolyte gave Diana the red, white, blue, and yellow costume designed by Aphrodite.  After she donned it, Diana was dubbed “Wonder Woman” by her fellow Amazons.  She also received the Magic Lasso from her mother, made from links of Aphrodite’s girdle.  Its powers, Hippolyte revealed, included the ability to make anyone encircled within its loop submit to the user’s will.  Wonder Woman also receives the transparent Robot Plane, within which she and Steve go to America.  Steve reveals that he was shot down by enemy agents.
 In America, Wonder Woman defeats a gang of crooks, has a short-lived career on stage playing “bullets and bracelets” (bouncing bullets off her Amazonium bracelets), and, when she learns that she is a physical double for nurse Diana Prince, assumes the latter’s identity with her consent and gives the woman enough money to join her fiancé in South America.  The new Diana Prince is thus enabled to stay by Trevor’s side and nurse him back to health.  Trevor, however, is still smitten with Wonder Woman.
 
Wonder Woman #78
November 1955
Cover: Wonder Woman and Andy Gorilla playing baseball  //Irwin Hasen / Bernard Sachs
Story: “Andy Gorilla--Prize Pupil” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman of Earth-One (Princess Diana, aka Diana Prince; first appearance; last chronological appearance possibly in flashback in TEEN TITANS #22; see Comment)
Comment: There is no definite break between Earth-Two and Earth-One stories in the Wonder Woman canon, but we have chosen this issue as the breakpoint because of the debut of J’onn J’onzz, the first Earth-One member of the Justice League of America, in DETECTIVE COMICS #225 this month.  Wonder Woman of Earth-One has a different origin than her Earth-Two counterpart and a different history, though in many ways they are similar characters.
 However, since the “Golden Age” issues (#159-164) depict the earliest adventures of the Earth-One Wonder Woman, since Diana Prince is a nurse in those issues, rather than an agent of U.S. Military Intelligence, and since many villains (such as Dr. Psycho and Minister Blizzard) appear there for the first time, we have chosen to place those issues chronologically before the November 1955 issue.  Her boots switch from solid red to Roman sandals throughout her career.
 The adventures of Wonder Woman as Wonder Tot and then Wonder Girl precede her appearances in issues #159-164.
 The Wonder Woman chronology on Earth-One, as far as we can determine, is as follows:
  WW #159, pg. 2, panel 1-pg. 3, panel 4 (prehistory of the Amazons )
  WW #310 (flashback; Artemis becomes the original Wonder Woman and is corrupted by Mars)
  WW #159, pg. 4, panel 1-pg. 6, panel 4 (Amazons are enslaved by Hercules)
  WW #247 (2)-249 (2) (Hippolyta and Amazons escape Hercules and begin voyage to Paradise Island; cf. also WW #159, pg. 7, panel 1-pg. 8, panel 4)
  WW #159, pg. 8, panel 5-pg. 9, panel 2 (Amazon’s landing on Paradise Island to the creation of Princess Diana)
  WW #206 (flashback; Hippolyta creates two statues of babies, Diana and Nubia, who are given life by Aphrodite; Mars steals Nubia; cf. also WW #159, pg. 9, panel 3)
  WW #105 (infant Princess Diana is blessed by the gods with powers)
  WW #159, pg. 9, panel 4-pg. 10, panel 1 (young Princess Diana exhibits great powers)
  WW #113 (2), pg. 2, panel 3-pg. 4, panel 3 (Princess Diana’s second birthday)
  WW #123, 126, 128, 130, 132 (adventures of Wonder Tot)
  WW #113 (2), pg. 3, panel 5-pg. 7, panel 3 (Princess Diana’s fourth and sixth birthdays)
  WW #206, pg. 18, panels 1-3: Hippolyte teaches Wonder Girl about Mars.
  WW #209, 105-107, 109, 111-121, 123, 128, 134, 144, 150 (adventures of Wonder Girl)
  DC COMICS PRESENTS #76 (Princess Diana and Christine Cade)
  WW #159, pg. 10, panel 4-pg. 16, panel 3 / DC SPECIAL SERIES #19 / WW #98 (in part) (Princess Diana becomes Wonder Woman)
  WW #162, 164, 160, 161, 163, 156 (flashback) (earliest adventures of Wonder Woman)
  WW #122 (flashback; Wonder Woman’s first battle with the Sinister Seer of Saturn)
  WW #131 (flashback; Wonder Woman’s adventure with Zeus, Pluto, and Neptune)
  TEEN TITANS #22 (flashback; origin of Wonder Girl (Donna Troy))
  WW #78 (beginning of Wonder Woman’s contemporary adventures)

Story: “Zero Hour For an Amazon” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman

Story: “The Million Dollar Mystery” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Villain: The Angle Man of Earth-One (first appearance; last chronological appearance in issue #161; next appears in issue #81)

Wonder Woman No. 79
January 1956
Cover: Wonder Woman lowered by giant hand into flea circus //Irwin Hasen / Bernard Sachs
Story: “Wonder Woman In the Amazon Flea Circus” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Villain: Spider (first and only appearance)

Story: “Danger--Wonder Woman” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigheer
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor

Story: “Bridge To Nowhere” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman

Wonder Woman No. 80
February 1956
Cover: Wonder Woman imprisoned by metal mask  //Irwin Hasen / Bernard Sachs
Story: “The Mask of Mystery” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villain: Machino (first and only appearance)
Comment: It is stated that Wonder Woman sent Machino to prison ten years before this story.  This may be a chronicler’s error, since the Earth-One Wonder Woman’s career probably doesn’t stretch back that far at this point.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman finds herself trapped with a metal mask on her face that will explode in six hours, and can find no way to remove it.

Story: “The Origin of the Amazon Plane” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (also appears in a flashback which takes place before issue #78)
GA: Queen Hippolyte, Amazons (in flashback; takes place before issue #78)
Villains: The Waterfront Gang (first and only appearance)
Origin: Wonder Woman’s Robot Plane (cf. also issue #128)
Synopsis: After using her Robot Plane to defeat a gang of crooks, Wonder Woman remembers the ordeals she had to undergo to first acquire the separate parts of the plane and then assemble them.

Story: “SOS--Saturn” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Intro: Saturnians
Villains: Titanians (last appearance in ADVENTURE COMICS #205; probably the ancestors of Saturn Girl’s race)
Comment: The warlike behavior of the Titanians in this story indicates that Kral (of ADVENTURE COMICS #205) has not yet succeeded in making them nonagressive.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor are requested by the people of Saturn to help them fend off an attack from Saturn’s moon of Titan.

Wonder Woman No. 81
April 1956
Cover: Wonder Woman running in front of train //Irwin Hasen / Bernard Sachs
Story: “The Dream Dooms” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Villain:  The Duke of Deception (of Earth-One; first appearance; next appearance in issue #84)

Story: “Three Secret Wishes” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman

Story: “The Vanishing Criminal” (8 pages)
Editor: Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Villain: Angle Man (last appearance in issue #78; next appears in issue #84)

Wonder Woman No. 82
May 1956
Cover: Wonder Woman and Robin Hood //Irwin Hasen / Bernard Sachs
Story: “Wonder Woman Meets Robin Hood” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
GS: Robin Hood and his Merry Men
Villain: The sheriff of Nottingham
Comment: The appearances of Robin Hood in this and many other DC Comics (including BRAVE AND THE BOLD and ROBIN HOOD TALES) have as of yet to be put in proper chronological order.

Story: “The Secret of the Amazon Ring” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman

Story: “The Silent SOS” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman

Wonder Woman No. 83
July 1956
Cover: Wonder Woman saving diver //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Boy From Nowhere” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Intro: Llno and his parents (only appearance for all)

Story: “The Flying Ambulance” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman

Story: “Journey Into the Blue” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman

Wonder Woman No. 84
August 1956
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. humanoid Wonder Woman //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Secret Wonder Woman” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Villain: Angle Man (last appearance in issue #81; next appears in issue #92), a humanoid Wonder Woman (first appearance; destroyed in this story)

Story: “The Planet of Illusion” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Villain: Duke of Deception (last appearance in issue #81; next appears in issue #88)

Story: “The Tree That Shook the Ground” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Villain: The Plant People (first and only appearance for all)

Wonder Woman No. 85
October 1956
Cover: Wonder Woman placed in bottle by a giant //Irwin Hasen / Bernard Sachs
Story: “The Sword In the Sky” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Villain: Duke Bale (first and only appearance)

Story: “The Wooden Hero” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman

Story: “The Woman In the Bottle” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Villain: Captain Virago (first and only appearance)

Wonder Woman No. 86
November 1956
Cover: Diana Prince sitting as Vincent Brian paints picture of Wonder Woman //Irwin Hasen / Bernard Sachs
Story: “The Painting That Betrayed Wonder Woman” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Villain: Vincent Brian (first and only appearance)

Story: “The Talking Robot Plane” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Villain: Snatcher (first and only appearance)

Story: “The Mystery of the Magnetic Footprints” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Villain: Rakko (first and only appearance)

Wonder Woman No. 87
January 1957
Cover: Wonder Woman standing in giant footprints //Irv Novick
Story: “The Day the Clocks Stopped” (10 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Villain: An alien (first and only appearance)

Story: “Island of the Giants” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Intro: Prof. Manton (only appearance)
Villain: Prof. Manton’s robot (first and only appearance)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor

Story: “The Runaway Tiara” (6 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman

Wonder Woman No. 88
February 1957
Cover: Wonder Woman looking in a box //Irv Novick
Story: “Mystery of the Vanishing Box” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Villain: Duke of Deception (last appearance in issue #84; next appears in issue #93)

Story: “The Talking Lasso” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman

Story: “The Walking Nightmare” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
 

Wonder Woman No. 89
April 1957
Cover: Wonder Woman attacked by flying saucer //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Master of Earth’s Twin Worlds” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman

Story: “The Amazon Album” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Intro: Jesse Brown (first and only appearance)

Story: “The Triple Heroine” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman

Wonder Woman No. 90
May 1957
Cover:  Wonder Woman in the hand of the Wonder Woman of Jupiter  //Irwin Hasen
Story: “Planet of the Giants” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Intro: The Wonder Woman of Jupiter (only appearance)
Villains: Space pirates (first and only appearance)

Story: “Trail of the Golden Lasso” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman

Story: “Wonder Woman, Amazon Baby-Sitter” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
 

Wonder Woman No. 91
July 1957
Cover: Caged Wonder Woman carried by eagle //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Interplanetary Olympics” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman

Story: “The Eagle Who Caged People” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman

Story: “The Statue of Mystery” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman

Wonder Woman No. 92
August 1957
Cover: Wonder Woman walking electrified high-wire //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Disappearing Train” (10 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villains: Crystalline aliens (first and only appearance)

Story: “The Revolt of the Winged Robot” (6 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Villain: Angle Man (last appearance in issue #84; next appears in issue #96)

Story: “The Circus of Mystery” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman

Wonder Woman No.  93
October 1957
Cover: Wonder Woman pursued by Mermen underwater //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Menace of the Mermen” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
GS: Queen Hippolyte, Amazons
Villains: The Mermen (first and only appearance)

Story: “The Shrinking City” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Villain: Duke of Deception (last appearance in issue #88; next appears in second story of next issue)

Story: “20th Century King Arthur” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman

Wonder Woman No. 94
November 1957
Cover: Wonder Woman and Robin Hood //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Amazing Movie Camera” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character:   Wonder Woman

Story: “Target: Wonder Woman” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Villain: Duke of Deception (last appearance in second story of last issue; next appears in issue #104)

Story: “The Channel of Time” (7 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
GS: Robin Hood and his Merry Men (last appearance for all in issue #82)
Villain: Prince John
Comment: Robin Hood’s chronology in the DC Universe has yet to be determined.

Wonder Woman No. 95
January 1958
Cover: Wonder Woman shielding Steve Trevor from blast //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Wonder Woman--the World’s Most Dangerous Human” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villains: Alien invaders (first and only appearance)

Story: “The Secret of Wonder Woman’s Tiara” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (takes place before issue #78; Wonder Woman gains her tiara in this story)
Villains: The Phenegs (first and only appearance)

Story: “The Ghost Town Museum” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman

Wonder Woman No. 96
February 1958
Cover: Wonder Woman carrying Amazon away from meteor //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Diary of an Amazon” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman

Story: “Daily Danger” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman

Story: “Prisoner of the Time Capsule” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Villain: Angle Man (last appearance in issue #92; next appears in issue #115), Angle Man of 4457 A.D. (First and only appearance)

Wonder Woman No. 97
April 1958
Cover: Wonder Woman lassoing dinosaur //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Runaway Time Express”
 Part 1: “Stone Age Rodeo” (6 pages)
 Part 2: “The Day Nature Ran Wild” (8 pages)
 Part 3: “The Menace of Earth’s Twin” (11 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in issue #99)
Supporting Character: Queen Hippolyte
Intro: Professor Alpha (an Amazon; next appears in issue #100)
GS: Amazons
Villains: Blunt (first and only appearance), Martians, Jovians
Synopsis: The SOS Carrier of Prof. Alpha transports Wonder Woman to the past, the future, and to another dimension to take care of a trio of menaces.

Wonder Woman No. 98
May 1958
Cover: Wonder Woman wrestling “Wonder Woman” on rolling log in stream //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Million-Dollar Penny”
 Part 1: “The Secret Amazon Trials” (8 pages)
 Part 2: “The Undersea Menace” (8 pages)
 Part 3: “The Impossible Bridge” (8 pages)
Editor: Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (more or less isochronally with DC SPECIAL SERIES #19 / issue #159; last chronological appearance in DC COMICS PRESENTS #76 (flashback); next chronological appearance in issue #162 (flashback); origin details revealed)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyte (portrayed as a blonde for the first time), Amazons, Steve Trevor (see Comment below)
Intro: Pallas-Athena (possibly Athena; if not, next appearance in ALL-NEW COLLECTOR’S EDITION #?), Orana (only appearance)
Comment: This story purports to reveal the way in which Princess Diana was chosen to become Wonder Woman, and the incident in which she first met Steve Trevor, but it conflicts in some ways with the accounts given in DC SPECIAL SERIES #19 and issue #159.  Some part of it, however, can possibly be melded with those stories.
Synopsis: When Pallas Athena charges Queen Hippolyte with the task of sending an Amazon to Man’s World, she is hard-pressed to find a way from favoring her daughter.  Diana responds by dressing and disguising all the Amazon contestants to resemble herself.

Wonder Woman No. 99
July 1958
Cover: Wonder Woman carrying Steve Trevor away from comet //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Stampede of the Comets”
Editor: Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villains: The Silicons (first appearance; die in this story)

Story: “Top Secret”
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman

Wonder Woman No. 100
August 1958
Cover: Two Wonder Women pinned under tree by a giant //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Forest of Giants”
 Part 1: “The Challenge of Dimension X” (8 pages)
 Part 2: “The Forest of Giants” (8 pages)
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor,  Prof. Alpha (last appearance in issue #98), Amazons, Queen Hippolyte
Intro: Wonder Woman of Dimension X (only appearance)
Villains: Giants of the Forest (first and only appearance)
Comment: This story establishes that Princess Diana must defend her right to the role of Wonder Woman in an annual Amazon competition.
Synopsis: The Wonder Woman of another dimension comes to Paradise Island to challenge Diana to a competition.

Story: “Wonder Woman’s 100th Anniversary”
Editor:  Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Prof. Alpha (last appearance), Queen Hippolyte, Amazons
Comment: This story reveals that the Amazons supply photos and storylines to be used in Wonder Woman comics.
 This story takes place on Queen Hippolyte’s “100th Anniversary,” but the anniversary of what is not stated.
Synopsis: Queen Hippolyte seems stymied when she attempts to photograph Wonder Woman’s deeds in time to put them in a 100th anniversary issue of her comic.
 

Wonder Woman No. 101
October 1958
Cover: Wonder Woman wrestling shark away from Steve Trevor underwater //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Undersea Trap” (10 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Gen. Phil Darnell (first appearance?)
Villains: A gang of crooks (first and only appearance)
Synopsis: After Wonder Woman saves Steve Trevor from a flight danger, she claims in an interview that he needs no help from her to be safe.  He makes a proposal: if she has to save him three times in the next 24 hours, she will have to marry him.  Wonder Woman finally agrees to the bet, but General Darnell tells Steve he is grounded from flying for the next day.  Nonetheless, Wonder Woman finds she has to save Steve three times the next day...but the third task is performed fifteen minutes after the deadline, so Wonder Woman is not obligated to marry him.

Story: “The Fun House of Time” (15 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villain: The Time Master (Ty. M. Master; first appearance; see Comment below)
Comment: The Time Master is identified in SUPER FRIENDS #17 as the Time-Trapper, the famous foe of the Legion of Super-Heroes.  However, since there are so many dissimilarities between the two villains, not the least of which are their unmasked faces and their respective power levels, and since the SUPER FRIENDS adventures probably do not take place on Earth-One, we cannot positively identify the Time Master as the Time Trapper.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor are invited to be the first to tour the Fun House of Time, an attraction which creator Ty M. Master promises will be open to the public afterward, with all profits earmarked for charity.  But Steve and Wonder Woman find themselves in a room of mirrored doors, with each one leading to a different perilous past or future era.  Ty M. Master, who reveals that his real name is the Time Master, appears to them in the mirrors, but is always one second out of synch with them, preventing them from capturing him.  After several dangerous episodes, Wonder Woman discovers that when she vibrates through the doors, rather than opening them, she remains in the present and can (and does) drive the Time Master from his hiding place.  The villain vanishes from sight, and Wonder Woman and Steve are barely able to escape the Fun House of Time before it collapses and also vanishes away.

Wonder Woman No. 102
November 1958
Cover: Three Wonder Women in giant’s hand  //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Three Faces of Wonder Woman”
 Part 1: “The First Face of Wonder Woman” (8 pages)
 Part 2: “The Second Face of Wonder Woman” (8 pages)
 Part 3: “The Third Face of Wonder Woman” (8 pages)
Editor: Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villains: An alien giant and two robot Wonder Women (first and only appearance for all)
Synopsis: Steve Trevor and Wonder Woman are kidnapped by an alien giant who creates two duplicate Wonder Women and tells Steve that if he cannot tell the original from the fakes, Earth will be invaded.

Wonder Woman No. 103
January 1959
Cover: Wonder Woman walking across album of her adventures //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Wonder Woman Album” (10 pages)
Editor: Whitney Ellsworth
Writer:  Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Intro: Tara (an Amazon; only appearance)
GS: Amazons
Synopsis: Young Amazons on Paradise Island are astonished to discover that the Wonder Woman Album, ostensibly a book of photographs of Wonder Woman taken by the Amazon Tara, is full of blank pages.  Tara explains why: when she had a chance to accompany Wonder Woman, the Amazon Princess told her to save her film for really unusual events.  However, when Wonder Woman fought a tidal wave and a whale, seawater drenched Tara’s camera, making it useless, and, when Wonder Woman broke up a giant glacier, the icy cold froze the shutter of Tara’s camera stiff.  Thus, she simply filled the album with blank pictures and captions.  Tara finishes her tale, and Wonder Woman makes an appearance.  But before she can pose for the other girls’ cameras, she is called away to another emergency.  “Now you know why the Wonder Woman album is empty!” says Tara.

Story: “The Box of Three Dooms” (15 pages)
Editor: Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villain: The Gadget-Maker (first and only appearance)
Synopsis: A criminal inventor mails Wonder Woman a box containing three deadly menaces.

Wonder Woman No. 104
February 1959
Cover: Wonder Woman with girl on burning rope //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Trial By Fire” (part 1; 8 pages)
 Part 2: “The Sinister Criminal” (6 pages)
Editor: Whitney Ellsworth
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villains: A gang of crooks, a flea circus owner (first and only appearance for all)
Synopsis: After a weight-and-fate machine tells Diana Prince she will face a “trial by fire”, Wonder Woman undergoes a number of fire-related adventures.

Story: “Key of Deception” (10 pages)
Editor: Whitney Ellsworth
Writer:  Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in flashback in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #144)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villains: Duke of Deception (last appearance in issue #94; next appears in issue #148), Martians, Saturnians, Plutonians
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman joins other heroes of Earth to fight Commander Blanx and his Martians as shown in flashback in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #144.  The yellow race of Martians as shown in this story is distinct from both J’onn J’onzz’s green race and Blanx’s white race.  But it is possible that the Duke’s actions in this story have something to do with the Martian weapons story in DETECTIVE COMICS #264 and the JLA #144 story.
Synopsis: The Duke of Deception traps Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor aboard a spacecraft with which he intends to lead Martians, Saturnians, and Plutonians in an invasion of Earth.

Wonder Woman No. 105
April 1959
Cover: Space-eagle with Steve Trevor (in space capsule) and Wonder Woman in its beak //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Secret Origin of Wonder Woman” (13 pages)
Editor, writer:  Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Origin: Wonder Woman (of Earth-One; first chronological appearance; next chronological appearance in second story of next issue)
GS: Queen Hippolyta, Amazons, Mercury, Hera, Hercules (both next appear in SEA DEVILS #14), Aphrodite
Comment: This story gives the origin of the Earth-One Wonder Woman and is distinct from the origin of the Earth-Two Wonder Woman, as presented in ALL-STAR COMICS #8 and WONDER WOMAN #1.  See also issue #157 and DC SPECIAL SERIES #19.
 The adventures of Wonder Tot as presented in issues #123, 126, 130, and 132 take place between pages ? and ? of this story, following which she matures into Wonder Girl, whose next adventure is presented in the next issue.

Story: “Eagle of Space”
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in flashback in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #144)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Other characters: Titanians
Comment: It is possible that the Titanians in this story are somehow changed into Saturn Girl’s race by the 30th Century.

Wonder Woman No. 106
May 1959
Cover: Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor on a giant charm bracelet //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Human Charm Bracelet” (16 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Queen Hippolyte
Villain: Tooroo (first and only appearance)
Intro: Rikaaa and other inhabitants of Planet G (only appearance for all)
Comment: This story takes place June 19, 1959.
Synopsis: On a day in which Wonder Woman’s lasso and plane have lost their powers for 24 hours, a giant named Tooroo wins an Olympic-style contest on Planet G and is given the prize of his choice, which turns out to be Earth.  Tooroo’s girlfriend Rikaaa demands a special present from Earth, so Tooroo captures Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor and makes them part of a giant charm bracelet, along with Wonder Woman’s robot plane, lasso, and tiara.  But Wonder Woman challenges Tooroo to a contest herself, with the restoration of their freedom, her weapons, and the Earth as the prize.  Even bereft of her weapons’ power, Wonder Woman manages to triumph over Tooroo in the contest events.  Wonder Woman and Steve are given their freedom, and the Earth is no longer claimed by Tooroo.

Story: “The Invisible Wonder Girl” (9 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Girl (last appearance in first story of last issue; next appears in next issue; see Comment below)
Supporting Character: Queen Hippolyte (last appearance in first story of last issue; next appears in issue #?)
Intro: Rrara (a chameleon girl), the Chameleon People (first and only appearance for all)
GS: Amazons
Villains: Alien invaders (first and only appearance)
Comments: Despite the Wonder Woman logo on this story, this is a Wonder Girl story, depicting an adventure when Princess Diana was a teenager.
 Wonder Girl, the teenaged Wonder Woman, is not to be confused with Donna Troy, the Wonder Girl who first appears in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #60 as a member of the Teen Titans.
Synopsis: On Paradise Island, Queen Hippolyte wonders why her daughter Diana, aka “Wonder Girl”, does not show up in group photographs taken that day.  After “Diana” fails to stop a plane crash that knocks the Queen unconscious, she is forced to reveal the truth: she is really an alien girl called Rrara, from the Chameleon Planet, where every inhabitant has the power to alter his or her appearance.  But the alteration is only an illusion, which is why she did not show up in photos.  Rrara says that she wished to trade places secretly with Princess Diana for a day, and automatically teleported her to the Chameleon Planet when she assumed her identity.
 On the Chameleon Planet, the lost Diana saves the inhabitants from a meteor by blowing it back into space.  But the meteoric dust that hits Diana inhibits Rrara’s ability to exchange places with her.  Rrara finally brings Wonder Girl back, but cannot herself return to the Chameleon Planet.  An invading alien spacecraft soon appears, and Diana destroys it.  Rrara returns to her normal appearance, and Queen Hippolyte does as Diana suggests and makes her an honorary Amazon and candidate for Amazon training.

Wonder Woman No. 107
July 1959
Cover: Wonder Girl fighting swordfish underwater; Wonder Woman vignette //Irv Novick
Story: “Wonder Woman, Amazon Teen-Ager” (13 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Girl (last appearance in last issue; next appears in issue #109)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyte, Amazons
Intro: Mer-Boy (Ronno)
Comment: Despite the Wonder Woman logo, this is a story of Wonder Girl, the teenaged Wonder Woman.
Synopsis: While swimming off Paradise Island, Princess Diana encounters Mer-Boy, an amphibious teenaged merman with a fishtail body below his waist.  Later, Diana watches herself as the adult Wonder Woman in a “time-and-space televisor” in an Amazon laboratory, and asks Queen Hippolyte when she can wear the costume of Wonder Woman.  Hippolyte replies that she must earn the right to such a costume by performing incredible feats.  The Amazons submit suggestions as to what Diana must do to earn the costume.  The most difficult list of tasks, and the one which wins the contest, is Diana’s own.
 First, Wonder Girl braves a cannibal clam underwater, within whose jaws she finds the white stars that adhere to her skirt.  While performing this task, she has to save Mer-Boy from a swordfish.  The next part of her costume, the Magic Lasso, is found within an island volcano, which she retrieves by gliding on the updrafts caused by the hot volcanic air.  Mer-Boy then gets captured by the giant Roc, whose nest holds the last part of Wonder Girl’s costume, the eagle emblem.  Wonder Girl rescues Mer-Boy, gains the eagle emblem and places it on her chest, and evades the Roc.  She gives Mer-Boy her hair ribbon as a memento before he leaves, and he promises she has not seen the last of him.  Later, Hippolyte congratulates Wonder Girl for being worthy to wear her new costume.

Story: “Gunslingers of Space” (12 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villains: Ronnkyn, Zuggm, and other aliens (first and only appearance for all), Billy the Kid (William Bonney), Jesse James (both in flashback)
Synopsis: Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor appear stymied by what appears to be the return of Billy the Kid and Jesse James, on flying horses, leading similarly-equipped gangs of outlaws, and apparently impervious to Wonder Woman’s weapons.  The two outlaw leaders are in reality Ronnkyn and Zuggm, harbingers of an alien invasion force, who have chosen to see if Wonder Woman can defeat them.  When the aliens make an attempt to capture Wonder Woman, though, she has deduced that their clothing, which repels bullets, is metal and uses a huge magnet to trap them all.  They direct her back to their planet, where she unceremoniously dumps them and the magnet.

Wonder Woman No. 108
August 1959
Cover: Wonder Woman in front of her own wanted poster  //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Wanted--Wonder Woman” (11 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villains: Three alien invaders (first appearance; all probably die in this story)
Synopsis: Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor observe a flying saucer, which eludes them.  But the three insectoid alien invaders within use their telepathic abilities to influence Wonder Woman into acting contrary to her own nature, feeling that if they can control her, then the normal inhabitants of Earth will be no match for them.  Wonder Woman, despite herself, agrees to marry Steve Trevor, and then acts erratically, even breaking into a bank and robbing it.  For this effort, she becomes wanted as a criminal.  But her actions “smoke out” the invaders, and she uses her magic lasso to whip their saucer through the air at such great speed that it is destroyed by air friction.  Steve refuses to hold Wonder Woman to her marriage promise, and she reveals that she only took blotters, pens, and calendars from the bank.

Story: “The Stamps of Doom” (12 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next chronological appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #9 / 97 (flashback))
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor, General Darnell
Villain: The “Stamp-Master” (an unnamed villain; first and only appearance)
Comment: After this story Wonder Woman joins several other heroes to battle the Appelaxians in the adventure that leads to the formation of the Justice League of America, as shown in flashback in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #9 and 97.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman must deal with three explosive stamps bearing her likeness while appearing simultaneously in two different places as herself and Diana Prince.

Wonder Woman No. 109
October 1959
Cover: Wonder Girl holding onto a flower being plucked by a giant //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Wonder Girl In Giant Land” (12 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Girl (last appearance in issue #107; next appears in issue #111)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyte, Amazons
Villains: A race of giants (first and only appearance)
Comment: Despite the Wonder Woman logo, this is a story of Wonder Girl, the teenaged Princess Diana.
Synopsis: When Paradise Island is ravaged by a fleet of exploding rockets, Wonder Girl rides one back thru the rift in the clouds through which it came, and finds it is part of a fireworks display being staged by giants from another dimension.  The giants strike a bargain with her: if she can perform three tasks successfully, they will stop their fireworks.  If not, she will be the sole survivor of Paradise Island, and their prisoner.  Wonder Girl manages to beat a giant in a leaping contest, rides a unicorn, and swims against a powerful current in a river to reach a rock.  The giants agree to leave Paradise Island alone, and Wonder Girl returns home.

Story: “The Million Dollar Pigeon” (13 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in flashback in  JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #9 and 97)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villains: Slicker and other crooks (first and only appearance for all)
Intro: Various Wonder Woman impersonators (only appearance for all)
Synopsis: In order to get Wonder Woman to expose her secret identity, and thus make herself an easy target, a crime syndicate led by a crook named Slicker publicly offers a million dollars for the exposure of her double identity.  The criminals figure that many women will impersonate Wonder Woman, trying for the money, and that the real Wonder Woman will have to interfere to save them from foolhardy stunts and thus expose her true identity.  In most of this, they are right.  Wonder Woman is finally forced to save people while in her Diana Prince identity, at which point Slicker and his men gas both Diana and Steve Trevor unconscious, load them into the nose cone of a rocket, and send it into space.  Diana recovers, becomes Wonder Woman, escapes from the rocket with Steve into the safety of her robot plane, and returns to Earth.  There Wonder Woman captures Slicker and his cohorts, convincing both the crooks and Steve Trevor that Wonder Woman is not Diana Prince.

Wonder Woman No. 110
November 1959
Cover: Wonder Woman with Princess No. 1003, leaping over crocodiles //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Bridge of Crocodiles” (24 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Gen. Darnell
Villains: Princess No. 1003, alien invaders (first and only appearance for all)
Comment: This story reveals that the heels of Wonder Woman’s sandals are made of Amazonium.
Synopsis: To save Earth from destruction, Wonder Woman must find an alien princess and return her to her people.  But the princess is only interested in mesmerizing and possessing Steve Trevor.

Wonder Woman No. 111
January 1960
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. robot Wonder Woman //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Robot Wonder Woman”
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Villains: Professor Menace (first appearance; next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #5), a robot Wonder Woman (first appearance; destroyed in this story)

Story: “The Battle of the Mermen”
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Girl (last appearance in issue #109)
Supporting Characters: Mer-Boy (called Renno in this story)
Intro: The mermen and mermaids of Mer-Boy’s undersea land (probably Atlanteans of Lori Lemaris’s race)
Villains: The sea-centaurs (first and only appearance for all)
Comment: This is a story of the teenaged Princess Diana.
Synopsis: After Wonder Girl rescues Mer-Boy from a shark, he gains the confidence to ask her to a dance being held in his underwater world.  But mermen sea centaurs have seen them, crash the festivities, and steal a tiara which is to be awarded as the prize for the best dancing couple at the affair.  Wonder Girl subdues two of the three sea-centaurs with her lasso, while Mer-Boy fights with the third for the tiara.  The Amazon princess is forced to defeat an attacking whale, and she has the centaurs make up with Mer-Boy afterwards.  Mer-Boy is proud to award Wonder Girl the tiara from the dance.

Wonder Woman No. 112
February 1960
Cover: Wonder Girl and Bonnie Bates vs. giant praying mantis  //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Chest of Monsters” (24 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (also appears as Wonder Girl in flashback; next appears in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #28)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Queen Hippolyte, Amazons, Mer-Boy
Intro: Bonnie Bates, Edie, Mal (only appearance for all)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League battle Starro in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #28.
Synopsis: Bonnie Bates wins a contest for heroism and, as a prize, is allowed to ask three wishes which Wonder Woman will grant.  Her wishes take her to Paradise Island, where she is proclaimed an honorary Amazon, and send her back in time to meet Wonder Girl.
 

Wonder Woman No. 113
April 1960
Cover: Wonder Woman chased by giant Sphinx //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Invasion of the Sphinx Creatures” (16 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #28)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Intro: Marie (only appearance)
Villain: Queen Mikra (first appearance; dies in this story), Sphinx creatures (first appearance; all destroyed in this story)
Synopsis: In the Middle East, Steve Trevor and Wonder Woman find a sphinx in the Amazon’s image, which suddenly rises up and begins to chase them.

Story: “Wonder Girl’s Birthday Party” (9 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Girl (also appears as Wonder Tot in flashback; see Comment under issue #78 for chronology)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyte, Amazons (all also appear in flashback; see Comment under issue #78 for chronology)
Comment: Judging from the candles on the cake on page 1, this story takes place on Wonder Girl’s 15th birthday.
Synopsis: On almost all of her birthdays, something disastrous has happened to Wonder Girl’s cake.  This time, she and Queen Hippolyte resolve that nothing shall befall her birthday cake.  Then a giant roc swoops down and steals it.

Wonder Woman No. 114
May 1960
Cover: Wonder Woman facing train ridden by giant monster //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Monster Express”
 Part 1: “The Runaway Balloons” (6 pages)
 Part 2 (10 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #29)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Gen. Darnell
Villains: Alien invaders (first and only appearance)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League battle the Weapons Master in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #29.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor face monster balloons that come to life.

Story: “Wonder Girl’s Robot Playmate” (9 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Girl
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyte, Amazons, Mer-Boy
Intro: Robot Girl (destroyed in this story)
Synopsis: When Wonder Girl is lonely for a playmate her own age, Queen Hippolyte commissions the scientists of Paradise Island to create a robot girl for her.

Wonder Woman No. 115
July 1960
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Wonder Woman ship’s figurehead //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Graveyard of Monster Ships” (12 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #29)
Supporting character: Steve Trevor
Villains: Angle Man (last appearance in issue #96; next appears in issue #128), Animox (a computer; first appearance; destroyed in this story), various crooks (first and only appearance for all)
Comment: The letters column debuts in this issue.
Synopsis: Angle Man attacks Wonder Woman with a robot computer that can bring inanimate objects to life.

Story: “Mer-Boy’s Undersea Party” (12 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Girl
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyta, Amazons, Mer-Boy
Synopsis: Wonder Woman is irked with Mer-Boy when he causes her to fail an Amazon test by having to rescue him from danger.  He retaliates by displaying messages (including one spelled out by flying fish) accusing her of refusing to go with him to a mermen’s dance.

Wonder Woman No. 116
August 1960
Cover: Wonder Girl and Mer-Boy trapped in giant spider’s web //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Cave of Giant Creatures” (13 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Girl
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyte, Amazons, Mer-Boy (next appears in issue #119), Atlanteans
Intro: Nolla, Firra (only appearance for both)
Synopsis: Mer-Boy’s attempts to gain Wonder Girl’s favor by arousing her sympathy all botch, so he risks his life to bring her back a treasure from a sea spider’s lair.

Story: “The Time Traveller of Terror” (12 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Gen. Darnell
Villain: Prof. Andro (dies in this story)
Synopsis: Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor learn that Prof. Andro, a dignitary present for the launching of a new rocket, has also been present for almost every disaster since the sinking of Atlantis.

Wonder Woman No. 117
October 1960
Cover: Wonder Women netted by the Fantastic Fishermen  //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Fantastic Fishermen of the Forbidden Sea” (13 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #1)
Supporting Characters: Etta Candy (of Earth-One; first appearance; last chronological appearance in flashback in issue #156; next appears in issue #119), Tina Toy, Lita Little, Thelma Tall (the Holliday Girls of Earth-One; first appearance for all; all next appear in issue #119), Queen Hippolyte, Amazons (in flashback)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman aids the Justice League in their conflict with Despero in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #1.
Villains: The Fantastic Fishermen of the Forbidden Sea (first and only appearance), a robot (first appearance; destroyed in this story)
Synopsis: Wonder Woman tells the Holliday Girls the story of how she and several Amazons were captured by the Fantastic Fishermen of the Forbidden Sea.  Then all get kidnapped by a flying saucer.

Story: “Wonder Girl Meets Wonder Woman” (12 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Girl (also appears in flash-forward as Wonder Woman)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyte, Amazons
Villains: A gang of crooks, crew of an enemy sub (first and only appearance for all)
Synopsis: Wonder Girl, desiring to meet and work with her future Wonder Woman self, gets the Amazons to send her to the future with a time machine.

Wonder Woman No. 118
November 1960
Cover: Wonder Woman, Merman, and Steve Trevor //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Wonder Woman’s Impossible Decision” (25 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #1 / 2; also appears in flashbacks as Wonder Girl)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Merman (formerly Mer-Boy; last chronological appearance in issue #134; called Manno in this story; next appears in issue #125), Queen Hippolyte, Amazons
Villains: A gang of crooks (first and only appearance)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League fight Simon Magus and his allies in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #2.
Synopsis: Steve Trevor, after getting another rejection from Wonder Woman to his marriage proposal, believes he must have a rival.  To check his suspicion, he tracks her Amazon Plane in secret and beholds a meeting of the Amazon and Merman, the former Mer-Boy, her boyfriend in years past.  Wonder Woman scoffs at Steve’s jealousy, telling him Merman is not his rival.  But when Steve is endangered by an octopus underwater, Merman comes to his rescue.  He makes friends with the amphibian and learns of his teenage crush on Wonder Girl.  Later, Steve rescues Merman from a giant bird, evening the score.  The giant bird returns and sweeps both Merman and Steve off the cliff on which they had been standing.  Wonder Woman captures the bird, but is faced with the decision of which man to save, with both of them hanging on to a ledge by their fingertips.  Steve gallantly lets go, telling her to save Merman.  But Wonder Woman manages to save both Steve and Merman, and will not reveal which one she would have chosen to save if she had had to sacrifice one of them.

Wonder Woman No. 119
January 1961
Cover: Wonder Girl and Mer-Boy fishing for a sea monster //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Mer-Boy’s Secret Prize” (13 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Girl
Supporting characters: Mer-Boy (between issues #116 / 123), Queen Hippolyte, Amazons, Atlanteans
Intro: Turro, Rurra (only appearance for both)
Synopsis: Mer-Boy, trying to win the heart of Wonder Girl, participates in an Atlantean contest to win a pearl tiara by catching the most unusual fish.  Instead, she has to save him when he accidentally catches a giant bird.  Later, she has to intervene again when he catches a giant sea monster.  Another Atlantean wins the pearl tiara for his girl.  But when Mer-Boy retrieves his rod and reel from a shark which he has hooked, he finds a pearl tiara on the end of the hook, which the shark had swallowed.  Mer-Boy is thus able to give Wonder Girl the tiara, which she calls “the most beautiful girft I ever received in my life”.

Story: “Three Wishes of Doom” (12 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #2)
Supporting Characters: Etta Candy, Tina Toy, Thelma Tall, Lita Little (last appearance of all in issue #117; all next appear in issue #121), Steve Trevor
Intro: Inez Grey (only appearance)
Villain: Big Joe Black (first and only appearance)
Comment: There is no explanation for why Wonder Woman does not go berserk when she gives Inez Grey her bracelets in this story.
Synopsis: Inez Grey, a star athlete at Holliday College, beats Etta Candy and her three friends in bouts of swimming, jumping, tennis, and fencing.  When Wonder Woman comes to console the Holliday Girls, Inez tells her that she could do anything Wonder Woman can do if she only had the use of her bracelets, tiara, and lasso.  Wonder Woman refuses to lend her equipment to the girl.  But an electronic tabulator machine used to decide which person should have three wishes granted by Wonder Woman chooses Inez Grey.  Inez naturally asks to borrow Wonder Woman’s bracelets, lasso, and tiara, but says she will return them as soon as she fails while using them.  Since she does not have Amazon training, Inez fails in each attempt to use the equipment, and Wonder Woman has to save her.  Finally, Inez apologizes for her rash statements, and says that “You are a Wonder Woman with or without your Amazon equipment!”

Wonder Woman No. 120
February 1961
Cover: Wonder Woman, Steve Trevor on flying carpet, and “Mercury Menace” in volcano //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Secret of Volcano Mountain” (24 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #3; also appears as Wonder Girl, in flashback)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyta (also in flashback), Mer-Boy (in flashback), Steve Trevor
GS: Amazons, Atlanteans (both in flashback)
Villain: The “Mercury Menace” (first appearance; possibly dies in this story)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League battle Kanjar Ro in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #3 and MYSTERY IN SPACE #75.
Synopsis: Wonder Girl defeats an icy menace from Mercury, saving Mer-Boy and his Atlantean people.  But the being returns to his homeworld and later returns as a creature of flame to attack Wonder Woman.

Wonder Woman No. 121
April 1961
Cover: Wonder Girl and Mer-Boy menaced by dinosaur //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Island Eater” (25 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker; Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in MYSTERY IN SPACE #75; next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #4; also appears, in flashback, as Wonder Girl (next appears in issue #123))
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyta (also in flashback), Mer-Boy (in flashback), Etta Candy, Tina Toy, Thelma Tall, Lita Little (the Holliday Girls; last appearance for all in issue #119; all next appear in issue #127), Steve Trevor
GS: Amazons
Intro: Orora (only appearance)
Villains: Plutonians, a gang of crooks (first and only appearance for all)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League initiate Green Arrow in their encounter with Carthan in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #4.
 Wonder Girl learns in this story that she will become Wonder Woman in the future and that her secret identity will be Lt. Diana Prince.
Synopsis: Wonder Girl watches herself as Wonder Woman on a future-viewing device and despairs of being able to match her older self’s strength and skills, but later saves herself and Mer-Boy from a time-warp trap.  At that time, Queen Hippolyte leads an Amazon fleet against invaders from Pluto, and Wonder Woman watches her mother’s victory on a viewscreen tuned to the past.
 
Wonder Woman No. 122
May 1961
Cover: Giant Wonder Woman robot reaching for Wonder Woman on top of Empire State Building  //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Skyscraper Wonder Woman” (24 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #4 / 5; also appears in flashback; see Comment under issue #78)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Gen. Darnell, Queen Hippolyta
Intro: Wonder Tot (the toddler-aged Wonder Woman; see Comment below), ruler of Saturn (only appearance)
Villains: The Sinister Seer of Saturn (first and only appearance), a giant Wonder Woman robot (first appearance; destroyed in this story)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League fight Dr. Destiny in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #5.
 Even though Wonder Tot makes her first appearance in this story, this is not a flashback; Wonder Woman is age-regressed to Wonder Tot and Wonder Girl in the course of this story, then restored to her normal age.
Synopsis: The Sinister Seer of Saturn comes to Earth and captures Wonder Woman, intent on revenge.  He plans to get it by making her run a gauntlet of three tests, competing with a titanic Wonder Woman robot of his own creation.

Wonder Woman No. 123
July 1961
Cover: Wonder Girl seeing Mer-Boy playing flute before giant cobra  //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Amazon Magic-Eye Album” (25 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #5; also appears as Wonder Tot (chronologically between issues #105 / 126) and Wonder Girl (between issues #121 / 128))
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyte (also appears in flashback), Mer-Boy (in flashback; betweem issues #121 / 134)
Intro: Ton-Ee, Sam-Ee, Ph-Ill, Ha-ry (four Atlanteans; only appearance)
GS: Atlanteans, Amazons (in flashback)
Synopsis: Wonder Woman and Queen Hippolyte go through Wonder Woman’s photo album, reliving adventures of Wonder Tot and Wonder Girl, and having a new adventure in which the Amazon Princess enters a world within a photograph.

Wonder Woman No. 124
August 1961
Cover: Wonder Woman, Queen Hippolyta, Wonder Tot, and Wonder Girl walking rope being burned by dragon //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Impossible Day” (27 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #6)
Supporting Character: Queen Hippolyte (also appears in the “Impossible Story”), Mer-Boy (in the “Impossible Story”)
GS: Wonder Tot, Wonder Girl (see Comment below; both next appear, in the “Impossible Tales” universe, in issue #129)
Intro: Allana, Amata (Amazons; in the “Impossible Tale”; only appearance for both)
Villain: Multiple Man (in the “Impossible Tale”; first appearance; next appears in issue #129)
Comments: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League battle Prof. Amos Fortune in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #6.
 This is the first of Wonder Woman’s “Impossible Tales”, a fantasy story in which Wonder Woman and Queen Hippolyte team up with Wonder Tot (the infant Wonder Woman) and Wonder Girl (the teenaged Wonder Woman) to battle a menace--in this case, Multiple Man, who may not actually exist on Earth-One--by splicing movie film together to create a story in which all three age-versions of Wonder Woman exist side-by-side.  Since the real Wonder Woman and Queen Hippolyte do appear in the prologue and epilogue to this story, their continuity is tracked here.  However, further adventures of the “Wonder Family” will be relegated to a “what if” universe in which three separate heroines, Wonder Woman, Wonder Girl, and Wonder Tot, do coexist (the latter two possibly later creations of Aphrodite).
 Complicating things is the fact that Donna Troy, the Wonder Girl who joins the Teen Titans, really does exist as a separate entity from Wonder Woman, but, since Wonder Tot appears in the “impossible” stories and only exists as the toddler-age Wonder Woman, the Wonder Girl of these stories probably cannot be Wonder Girl II.
Synopsis: After Steve Trevor and Diana Prince come upon an “impossible” cave-painting in which Wonder Woman, Wonder Girl, Wonder Tot and Queen Hippolyta were shown together fighting a dinosaur, Wonder Woman returns to Paradise Island.  There she and Queen Hippolyta, inspired by the painting, splice together reels of film and create a fictional movie in which they team up with Wonder Tot and Wonder Girl to fight Multiple Man, a chameleon-like menace.

Wonder Woman No. 125
October 1961
Cover: Mer-Man, “Galahad”, and Steve Trevor fighting over Wonder Woman //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Wonder Woman--Battle Prize” (25 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #6 / 7)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #7), Merman (last appearance in issue #118; next appears in issue #131), Queen Hippolyta
GS: Amazons
Villains: “Galahad” and other aliens (first and only appearance for all)
Comments: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League deal with the Cosmic Fun-House in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #7.
Synopsis: Steve Trevor and Merman begin a competition for Wonder Woman’s hand, only to find themselves scooped by a knight in shining armor from a flying saucer.

Wonder Woman No. 126
November 1961
Cover: Wonder Tot and Mr. Genie flying through meteor shower; Wonder Woman vignette //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Wonder Tot and Mr. Genie” (14 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Tot (last appearance in issue #123; next appears in flashback in issue #128)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyte (last chronological appearance in issue #123; next chronological appearance in issue #130), Mr. Genie (first appearance; next appears in issue #130), Amazons
Villains: Alien invaders (first and only appearance)
Synopsis: When Queen Hippolyte sees Wonder Tot balancing a golden apple on her head and wearing a diamond star-shaped clip for her ponytail, she asks her child how she got the objects.  Wonder Tot explains that when a strong wind blew her out of bed, she rode the air currents to an island where she overcame a guardian dragon and took one of the golden apples that grew there on a tree.  Later, she found a chest on the island’s beach, opened it, and liberated a genie who had been imprisoned there.  The genie, who had grown embittered over his long imprisonment, threw Wonder Tot inside his chest and sat on it to keep her inside.  But Wonder Tot used ventriloquism to make it seem that she had escaped, and the genie, whom she calls “Mr. Genie”, got up from the chest to find her, enabling her to crawl out.  She then reimprisoned him in the chest, until he swore to grant her one wish, upon which she let him free again.  Overjoyed, Mr. Genie kicked the chest into the sea and asked Wonder Tot what her wish was.  She wished for a star to be made into a clip for her ponytail.  After an adventure in space in which the two new friends destroyed an alien invader craft and smashed through a meteor shower, Mr. Genie recovered a diamond within one of the smashed meteors and gave it to Wonder Tot for a hair clip.  Then the two parted, with Mr. Genie assuring her he would do his best to fulfill any further wishes she might have.

Story: “The Unmasking of Wonder Woman” (11 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #7 / 8)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villains: Subterranean invaders (first and only appearance)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League defeat Pete Ricketts and the Top Ten in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #8.
Synopsis: Come what may, Wonder Woman cannot get Steve Trevor interested in Diana Prince on a date, even when she switches to Diana and defeats a saucerful of subterranean invaders.

Wonder Woman No. 127
January 1962
Cover: Wonder Woman chasing flying telephone booth full of students  //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Invaders of the Topsy-Turvy Planet” (11 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #8)
Intro: Kuu-Kuu, Kuuu, and other inhabitants of Planet K (only appearance for all)
GS: Etta Candy (last appearance in issue #121; next chronological appearance in issue #272), Thelma Tall, Tina Toy, Lita Little (the Holliday Girls;  last appearance of all in issue #121; last appearance for all)
Comment: This is the first 12-cent issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman comes to Holliday College for the Krazy Kapers Day, not knowing a spaceship from the topsy-turvy world, Planet K, are also coming there to capture Earthlings.

Story: “Wonder Woman’s Surprise Honeymoon” (14 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villains: A gang of crooks (first and only appearance)
Synopsis: Steve Trevor gets knocked unconscious while he and Wonder Woman tackle crooks and has a dream in which he finds out married life with the Amazon might not be a bed of roses.

Wonder Woman No. 128
February 1962
Cover: Wonder Woman trying to rescue Merman from living seaweed and giant clam  //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Origin of the Amazing Robot Plane” (12 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature character: Wonder Woman (also appears, in flashback, as Wonder Tot (between issues #126 / 130) and Wonder Girl (between issues #123 / 134))
Supporting Character: Queen Hippolyte (also in flashback)
Cameo appearance: Merman, Athena, Pegasus (in Wonder Woman’s story)
Comment: Since Wonder Woman’s plane is not Pegasus in a new incarnation (its real origin is given in issue #80), outside of ruling this story noncanonical, we must conclude that Wonder Woman is making up a fanciful tale to tell her younger selves.
Synopsis: Queen Hippolyte plays Wonder Woman recordings of Wonder Tot and Wonder Girl asking how she won the Amazon Plane.  In response, Wonder Woman tells them a story of how she found Pegasus and used him in a battle with a pterodactyl, until the winged horse was transformed by a strange cloud into the Robot Plane.

Story: “Vengeance of the Angle Man” (13 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #9)
Villain: Angle Man (last appearance in issue #115; next appears in issue #130), various crooks (first and only appearance)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League celebrate its third anniversary in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #9.
Synopsis: Angle Man tricks Wonder Woman into sinking her feet into super-hard, quick-drying cement, but she manages to perform her duties while stuck in a concrete block.

Wonder Woman No. 129
April 1962
Cover: Wonder Tot, Wonder Girl, Wonder Woman, and Queen Hippolyta in human chain over lava pit //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Return of Multiple Man” (25 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #9; also appears in the “Impossible Tale” (between issues #124 / 133); see Comment below)
GS: Wonder Tot, Wonder Girl (in the “Impossible Tale”; both between issues #124 / 133; see Comment below)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyta (also appears in the “Impossible Tale”, between issues #124 / 133), Steve Trevor (in the “Impossible Tale”; first appearance; next appears in issue #149), Merman (in the “Impossible Tale”; first appearance; next appears in issue #133), Mer-Boy (first appearance; next appears in issue #?), Mer-Mite (first and only apperance)
Villain: Multiple Man (last appearance in issue #124; next appears in issue #135)
Comment: This is the second “Impossible Tale”, featuring Wonder Woman, Wonder Girl, and Wonder Tot together, and takes place in a “what if” universe.  However, since the real Wonder Woman and Queen Hippolyta make a brief appearance, their canonical appearance is also tracked.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman and Queen Hippolyta splice together the second “Impossible Tale”, featuring themselves teamed with Wonder Tot and Wonder Girl against Multiple Man again.

Wonder Woman No. 130
May 1962
Cover: Wonder Tot and Mr. Genie attacked by giant fish; Wonder Woman vignette //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Secret of Mr. Genie’s Magic Turban” (13 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Tot (last appearance in issue #128; next appears in flashback in issue #206 as Wonder Girl)
Supporting Characters: Mr. Genie (last appearance in issue #126; last appearance), Queen Hippolyta
Intro: Rolla (an Amazon; only appearance)
Villains: Gnneek and other Martians (first and only appearance)
Synopsis: Mr. Genie takes Wonder Tot on another series of adventures, during which they foil an alien invasion attempt.

Story: “The Mirage Mirrors” (12 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #10)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Queen Hippolyte
GS: Hercules (in flashback)
GA: Superman (last appearance in SUPERMAN’S GIRL FRIEND, LOIS LANE #33; next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #10), Apollo
Villain: Angle Man (last appearance in issue #128; next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #14)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League fight Felix Faust, the Lord of Time, Abnegazar, Rath, and Ghast in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #10-11 and Dr. Light in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #14.
Synopsis: After Diana Prince finds that Steve Trevor is too dumb-struck with love for Wonder Woman to consider taking her out, she asks Queen Hippolyte for advice.  She tells her daughter how, when Hercules was smitten with her, and did nothing but brag to her of Hippolyte’s beauty while the Queen assumed a secret identity as an Amazon soldier, she fooled him with a “mirage-mirror” that gave her two heads, allowing her to assume any shape she wished temporarily.  Later, when he asked the normal Queen Hippolyte for a date, Hercules was chagrined to find her going off with Apollo.
 Queen Hippolyte still has a mirage-mirror on hand, and lends it to Wonder Woman.   The Amazing Amazon goes to a charity carnival with Steve Trevor and uses it to distort her appearance into that of a circus fat-girl and a super-tall elongated thin woman, in which guises she thwarts attempts of Angle Man and his gang to rob the carnival.  Finally, when Diana Prince appears, Steve asks her for a date, but she turns out to have Superman on her arm, and tells him she has other plans.
 

Wonder Woman No. 131
July 1962
Cover: Wonder Woman electrified by thunderbolt, dodging Neptune’s trident, and fleeing ghosts (three vignettes) //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Proving of Wonder Woman” (12 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #12; also appears in flashback; see Comment under issue #78)
Supporting Character: Queen Hippolyta (in flashback)
GS: Zeus, Neptune (next appears in SEA DEVILS #10), Pluto (all in flashback)
Intro: Sappho, Cerberus (in flashback; only appearance for both)
Synopsis: Diana Prince explains to a delegation of Wonder Woman Fan Clubs the origins of the Amazon Princess’s expressions, “Thunderbolts of Jove”, “Suffering Sappho,” and so forth.

Story: “Wonder Queen’s Surprise Birthday Gift” (13 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyta, Merman (last appearance in issue #125)
Synopsis: Wonder Woman, with some help from Manno the Merman, seeks to find a suitably rare birthday gift for Queen Hippolyta.

Wonder Woman No. 132
August 1962
Cover: Wonder Tot saving Laura from flying saucer //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Wonder Tot and the Flying Saucer” (13 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (regressed to Wonder Girl and Wonder Tot briefly in this story)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyte, Merman
Intro: Donnie and his parents, Laura (only appearance for all)
Villains: Alien invaders (first and only appearance)
Synopsis: Wonder Woman is regressed by Amazon science to babyhood so that she can interpret a baby’s eyewitness report of a flying saucer abduction, and battles the aliens as Wonder Tot.
 

Story: “Wonder Queen Fights Hercules”
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #13)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyte (also appears in flashback), Athena (in flashback), Steve Trevor, Merman (next appears in issue #144)
GS: Hercules (in flashback)
Intro: Prince Theno (no actual appearance; name only mentioned; first appearance of parallel-Earth Prince Theno in issue #149), a Queen Hippolyta robot (in flashback; only appearance)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League battle their robot duplicates in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #13, then aids them in fighting Mr. Memory, Angle Man, and other villains and initiating the Atom in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #14.
Synopsis: After Wonder Woman confesses the problem she has with her rival suitors, Steve Trevor and Manno the Merman, Queen Hippolyta tells her about the time in the distant past in which Hercules tried to win her hand.

Wonder Woman No. 133
October 1962
Cover: Wonder Woman, Wonder Tot, Wonder Girl, and Alice menaced by swordfish  //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Amazing Amazon Race” (15 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (between issues #129 / 135; see Comment below)
GS: Wonder Tot, Wonder Girl, Queen Hippolyte (all between issues #129 / 135; see Comment below)
Supporting Character: Merman (between issues #129 / 149; see Comment below)
Intro: Alice
Comment: This is the third Impossible Tale, which takes place in a “what if” universe in which Wonder Woman, Wonder Girl, and Wonder Tot exist side-by-side.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman selects Alice, a fan of hers, to come to Paradise Island and watch the Wonder Queen For a Day competition, in which the Amazon competes with Wonder Tot and Wonder Girl.

Story: “Wonder Woman’s Invincible Rival--Herself” (10 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #14)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Intro: T. T. Thomas (only appearance)
Synopsis: Wonder Woman is hired to take on the secret identity of “Miss X” and play opposite Steve Trevor in a movie, and discovers Steve falling in love with her new identity.

Wonder Woman No. 134
November 1962
Cover: Wonder Woman facing four mirror-reflection Wonder Women //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Menace of the Mirror-Wonder Woman” (13 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #15)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villains: The Image-Maker (first appearance; dies in this story), a gang of crooks (first and only appearance)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League deal with untouchable aliens in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #15 and solve the problem of the Maestro in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #16.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman fights the Image-Maker, a villain who exists within a world of mirrors.

Story: “The Capture of Mer-Boy” (12 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Girl (last appearance in issue #128; next appears in issue #144)
Supporting Characters: Mer-Boy (last appearance in issue #123; next appears in issue #118 as Merman), Queen Hippolyta
Intro: The Professor and his daughter (only appearance for all)
Synopsis: Wonder Girl finds that Mer-Boy has fallen for a beautiful blonde skin-diver who captured him at sea.

Wonder Woman No. 135
January 1963
Cover: Wonder Woman, Wonder Girl, Wonder Tot, and Queen Hippolyte vs. Multiple Man //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Attack of the Human Iceberg” (25 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in issue #133; next appears in issue #138; see Comment below)
GS: Wonder Tot, Wonder Girl, Queen Hippolyte (last appearance for all in issue #133; all next appear in issue #138; see Comment below)
Supporting Character: Mer-Boy (first appearance; next appears in issue #138; see Comment below)
Intro: Carol Sue (only appearance), Brownie (a dog; only appearance)
Villain: Multiple Man (last appearance in issue #129; next appears in issue #138)
Comment: This is the fourth “Impossible Tale”, which takes place in a “what if” universe.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman fan Carol Sue wins a trip to Paradise Island in a contest, but gets more excitement than she bargained for: Multiple Man, the Amazons’ nemesis, chooses that time to return and attack the island.  Wonder Woman, Wonder Girl, Wonder Tot, and Queen Hippolyte battle and finally defeat the metamophosizing menace, though they are not certain at the end whether he is destroyed, or merely abated.

Wonder Woman No. 136
February 1963
Cover: Steve Trevor and soldiers watching giant Wonder Woman toppling skyscrapers //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Wonder Woman--World’s Mightiest Menace” (25 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #16 / 17)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villain: The Machine Men (first and only apperance to date)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League fight the Tornado Tyrant in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #17 and aid the people of Starzl in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #18.
Synopsis: In order to get Wonder Woman out of the way of their planned invasion, a group of alien “Machine-Men” transform her into a giant, with little control of her powers, or hunger and thirst.

Wonder Woman No. 137
April 1963
Cover: Steve Trevor watching robot Wonder Woman wrestling Wonder Woman in ring //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Robot Wonder Woman” (25 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #18 / 19)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
GA: Aphrodite
Intro: A robot Wonder Woman (destroyed in this story), a robot Queen Hippolyte, and robot Amazons (only appearance for all)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League fight Dr. Destiny and the Super-Justice League in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #19 and Spaceman X in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #20.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor find themselves, within the Robot Plane, drawn through space magnetically to a parallel Earth populated by robots.  A robot Wonder Woman has seen Steve from afar and brought him to the robotic Paradise Island to be her lover, but she has no use for the human Wonder Woman.  Steve, who has been hypnotized by the robots, rejects Wonder Woman in favor of her robot double.  But the human heroine refuses to give him up, so the robot Queen Hippolyte proposes a series of tests, with the winner gaining Steve Trevor and the loser facing doom.
 The first test is a wrestling match, which ends in a draw, thanks to the robot Hippolyte’s biased refereeing.  The human Wonder Woman wins a race to the top of a skyscraper and a contest to find the way out of a darkened labyrinth.  The last contest, a duel with swords, ensues, and Wonder Woman hears the Hippolyte robot saying that, if the human Wonder Woman wins, she will have her destroyed on grounds of harming royalty.  The human Amazon does destroy her robotic opponent, but then disguises herself to look like the robot Wonder Woman.  The robot Hippolyte surrenders Steve Trevor to her, unknowing the ruse until Wonder Woman takes off with Steve Trevor in her robot plane.  When the robotic Amazons try to follow in spacecraft, they are destroyed in a meteor shower.  Later, Steve Trevor shakes off his hypnotized spell, and does not recall anything of their adventure.

Wonder Woman No. 138
May 1963
Cover: Multiple Man dragging Wonder Woman, Queen Hippolyte, Wonder Girl, and Wonder Tot down from kite  //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Kite of Doom” (25 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (between issues #135 / 140; next appears in issue #140; see Comment below)
GS: Wonder Tot, Wonder Girl, Queen Hippolyte (all between issues #135 / 140; see Comment below)
Supporting Characters: Mer-Boy (between issues #135 / 140), Mr. Genie (first apppearance; next appears in issue #140; see Comment below)
Villains: Multiple Man (last appearance in issue #135; last appearance), Martians
Comment: This is the fifth Impossible Tale, taking place in a “what if” universe in which Wonder Woman, Wonder Tot, and Wonder Girl exist side-by-side.
Synopsis: The Wonder Family competes among itself for the right to a priceless kite, in an adventure that reunites them against Multiple Man.

Wonder Woman No. 139
July 1963
Cover: Wonder Woman intercepting missle fired from submarine //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Day Wonder Woman Revealed Her Secret Identity” (25 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #20 / 21)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
GS: Aphrodite
Intro: Sal, Hal (only appearance for both)
Villains: A gang of crooks and a band of spies (first and only appearance for all)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League and Justice Society battle the Crime Champions in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #21-22.
Synopsis: When Steve Trevor is frustrated by Wonder Woman’s refusal to marry him until all crime and injustice is erased from the Earth, he wishes aloud that she would forget who she is.  Shortly thereafter, she destroys two enemy missles by hurling them against each other, and is caught in the explosion, knocked unconscious, and given amnesia when she awakens.  Upon reviving, she flatly tells Steve that she is Diana Prince, and that Wonder Woman has lent her her costume for a masquerade ball she and Steve will be attending, but that she is not Wonder Woman.  Steve makes numerous attempts to jog back her memory, including putting himself in danger, but nothing works.  Finally, when robot animals at the ball snatch American military figures in a kidnap attempt, Wonder Woman is struck a glancing blow and recovers her memory.  She rescues the kidnapees and convinces Steve by a ruse that Diana Prince and Wonder Woman are not the same person.

Wonder Woman No. 140
August 1963
Cover: Wonder Woman emitting lightning bolts as Queen Hippolyta, Wonder Tot, and Wonder Girl look on  //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Human Lightning” (25 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in issue #138; next appears in issue #142; see Comment below)
GS: Wonder Tot, Wonder Girl, Queen Hippolyte (last appearance for all in issue #138; all next appear in issue #142; see Comment below)
Intro: Morpheus (only appearance; the New Earth Morpheus first appears in SANDMAN #1)
Supporting Characters: Mr. Genie (between issues #138 / 149; see Comment below), Mer-Boy (between issues #138 / 144; see Comment below)
Villain: The Duke of Deception (first appearance; next appears in issue #152), Martians
Comment: This is the sixth Impossible Tale, which takes place in a “what if” universe where Wonder Woman, Wonder Tot, and Wonder Girl exist side-by-side.
Synopsis: Morpheus appears to Diana Prince and agrees to grant the wishes of three people of her choosing--Mr. Genie, Mer-Boy, and the Duke of Deception--the last of which causes Wonder Woman to become an out-of-control, lightning-radiating menace.

Wonder Woman No. 141
October 1963
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Angle Man, Mouse-Man, and the Human Fireworks (three vignettes) //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Academy of Arch-Villains” (25 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #22 / 23)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villains: Angle Man (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #14; next appears in issue #174), Mouse-Man (first appearance; next appears in issue #143), the Human Fireworks (first and only appearance; possibly dies in this story), the Academy of Arch-Villains (first and only appearance for all)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League fight the Queen Bee in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #23 / ATOM #8 and helps the Justice League and Adam Strange battle Kanjar Ro in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #24.
Synopsis: The underworld offers a golden statuette, the Golden WW, in the shape of Wonder Woman to the one villain who can defeat and trap Wonder Woman, and leaks the offer to the press.  The first to try is Angle Man, who fakes his reformation in order to lure Wonder Woman into a deathtrap, but she manages to escape and recapture him.  The second is the Human Fireworks, a criminal scientist who transforms himself into a giant fireworks being and who gives her a tough battle before being blasted to bits by a meteor.  But Wonder Woman has become blinded in the encounter, and Mouse-Man, a tiny-sized villain is able to induce her to come with him as a prisoner to the Arch-Villains’ convention.  Once there, she does a Samson-like wrecking of two support pillars, bringing down the convention hall and herding the escaping crooks into the hands of the police.  Wonder Woman, who had recovered from her blindness earlier and pulled the ruse to trap the crooks, catches Mouse-Man and turns him over to the police.  The tiny villain is jailed in a bird cage.

Wonder Woman No. 142
November 1963
Cover: Wonder Woman, Wonder Tot, Wonder Girl, and Queen Hippolyta captured by giant Wonder Woman, Wonder Tot, Wonder Girl, and Queen Hippolyta //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Captives of the Mirage World” (25 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (between issues #140 / 144; see Comment below)
GS: Queen Hippolyte, Wonder Tot, Wonder Girl (all between issues #140 / 144; see Comment below)
Villains: Wonder Woman, Wonder Girl, Wonder Tot, and Queen Hippolyta of a giant world (first and only appearance for all)
Comment: This is the seventh Impossible Tale, which takes place in a “what if” universe where Wonder Woman, Wonder Girl, and Wonder Tot exist side-by-side.
Synopsis: The Wonder Family goes on a quest for a rare butterfly, only to find themselves the prey of a giant Wonder Family from another world.

Wonder Woman No. 143
January 1964
Cover: Wonder Woman fighting fire-breathing dinosaur with tree  //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Terror Trees of Forbidden Island” (10 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #24)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyte, Amazons
Villains: Alien invaders, the Trees of Vengeance (first and only appearance for all)
Synopsis: When alien invaders attack Paradise Island, the Amazons at first repel them with the dazzling power of the Sun Sword, which has incredible power for one year.  But the weapon peters out in the attack, the year’s charge being used up. Queen Hippolyte sends Wonder Woman to Forbidden Island, to wrest another Sun Sword from within one of the Trees of Vengeance.  At first, Wonder Woman is surrounded by tree-wood herself when she grasps the handle of another Sun Sword stuck in one of the Vengeance Trees.  But half of the alien invasion force has trailed her and inadvertently frees her from her wooden prison by attacking her with rays.  Liberated, Wonder Woman defeats the aliens with the new Sun Sword, and, when she gets home, learns that Queen Hippolyte and the Amazons have been able to overcome the rest of the aliens’ depleted forces.

Story: “The Amazon Mouse Trap” (15 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Villain: Mouse-Man (last appearance in issue #141; next appears in issue #171)
Synopsis: Mouse-Man escapes from prison and takes Wonder Woman captive with her own lasso.

Wonder Woman No. 144
February 1964
Cover: Wonder Girl in tug-of-war between Bird-Boy and Mer-Boy //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Revolt of Wonder Woman” (15 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #25)
Supporting Characters: Merman (last appearance in issue #132; next appears in ?)
Intro: Mary Jane (only appearance)
Villains: A gang of crooks (first and only appearance)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League fight Kraad the Conqueror in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #25 and Despero in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #26.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman, exhausted by the many demands upon her and disheartened by people’s perception of her as a “fighting machine”, succumbs to despair, wishing she could find someone who appreciates her for herself.

Story: “Merboy Vs. Bird-Boy” (10 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Girl (last appearance in issue #142; see Comment below)
GS: Wonder Woman, Wonder Tot, Queen Hippolyta (last appearance for all in issue #142; see Comment below)
Supporting Characters: Mer-Boy (last appearance in issue #140; see Comment below), Bird-Boy (Wingo; first appearance; next appears in issue #147; see Comment below)
Villains: Enemy invaders, aliens (first and only appearance for all)
Comment: This is the eighth “Impossible Tale”, which takes place in a “what if” universe where Wonder Woman, Wonder Girl, and Wonder Tot exist side-by-side.
Synopsis: Mer-Boy and Bird-Boy compete for the hand of Wonder Girl by defeating threats to Paradise Island.

Wonder Woman No. 145
April 1964
Cover: Wonder Woman, Wonder Girl, Wonder Tot, and Queen Hippolyte vs. the Phantom Sea-Beast //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Phantom Sea Beast” (25 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in issue #147; see Comment below)
GS: Queen Hippolyte, Wonder Tot, Wonder Girl (all next appear in issue #147; see Comment below), Amazons
Supporting Character: Mer-Boy (also appears, in a dream, as Mer-Mite)
Villain: The Phantom Sea Beast (first appearance; dies in this story), future zookeepers (first and only appearance)
Comment: This is the ninth Impossible Tale, which takes place in a “what if” universe in which Wonder Woman, Wonder Girl, and Wonder Tot exist side-by-side.
Synopsis: Wonder Tot, Wonder Girl,  and Queen Hippolyte all have dreams in which they encounter a monstrous, pink-shelled “Phantom Sea-Beast”.  However, Wonder Woman had no such dream, and, when the Phantom Sea Beast appears for real and menaces her family, she is able to destroy it.  But the Wonder Family is drawn through time and caged by future zookeepers who were trying to get the Sea-Beast for their zoo, and now insist that the Wonder Family take its place in their cage.  Wonder Woman strikes a bargain with their captors: if they send her back to the time of the dinosaurs, she will capture one for them and they can let her family go.  She manages to grab a pterodactyl egg, which hatches when she and it are pulled into the future.  Satisfied, the zookeepers return the Wonder Family to their normal era.

Wonder Woman No. 146
May 1964
Cover: Wonder Woman tied to underwater bell buoy, facing sea monster //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “War of the Underwater Giants” (25 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #26 / 27)
Intro: Cyrus Baines, Mac (only appearance for both)
Cameo appearances: Prof. Jonah Dale, Sally Dale, Exxo, Nexxo (as characters in Wonder Woman’s stories; first and only appearance for all)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League battle “I” in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #27 and Headmaster Mind in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #28.
Synopsis: To earn $50,000 for an orphanage, Wonder Woman must make up stories within five minutes of being shown three pictures of herself performing super-feats.

Wonder Woman No. 147
July 1964
Cover: Wonder Girl vs. a Sphinx and an undersea centipede //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Bird-Girl--Fish-Girl” (25 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in issue #145; next appears in issue #149; see Comment below)
GS: Queen Hippolyte, Wonder Girl, Wonder Tot (all between issues #145 / 149; see Comment below), Athena (next appears in issue #152)
Intro: Bird-Boy’s parents, Mer-Boy’s parents,  a Sphinx (only appearance for all)
Supporting Characters: Mer-Boy (last appearance in issue #145), Bird-Boy (between issues #144  / 149)
Comment: This is the tenth Impossible Tale, taking place in a “what if” universe in which Wonder Woman, Wonder Tot, and Wonder Girl appear side-by-side.
Synopsis: Mer-Boy hitches an airborne ride with Bird-Boy, both of whom keep from touching Paradise Island as they watch Wonder Girl pass a battery of tests implemented by the “goddess” Athena.  As a reward, Athena dubs Wonder Girl a true Amazon, and tells her she will grant the first request made of her.  Mer-Boy and Bird-Boy make their requests simultaneously, wishing that Wonder Girl be turned into a mermaid or a bird-girl so that she can spend all her time with one of them.  Wonder Girl cannot decide which she will choose, so Athena chooses for her, giving her wings and bird-like legs to go first with Bird-Boy.  Wonder Girl meets Bird-Boy’s parents and friends, but finds she has no taste for worm pie or birdseed pizza.  She fights off a flying Sphinx, but tells Athena she was not meant to be a bird-girl.  Next, she is transformed into a mermaid, and accompanies Mer-Boy, only to find that she is “a fish out of water”, despite defeating a giant centipede.  Athena restores Wonder Girl to normalcy, and both Mer-Boy and Bird-Boy hope they still have a chance at Wonder Girl’s heart.

Wonder Woman No. 148
August 1964
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. dinosaur on escalator //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Olympics of the Doomed” (25 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #28 / 29)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Cameo: Queen Hippolyte (as an illusion)
Villains: Duke of Deception (last appearance in issue #104; next appears in issue #217), Martians
Comment: It is not known exactly what relationship the Duke of Deception has with the people of Mars, who are probably J’onn J’onzz’s race; these are possibly renegade Martians.
 Shortly after this story, Wonder Woman helps the Justice League and Justice Society fight the Crime Syndicate of America in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #29-30.
Synopsis: The Duke of Deception makes Wonder Woman unable to distinguish reality from illusion by creating realistic illusions that deceive her.  Finally, he tricks her into a trap that brings her back to Mars, where she is imprisoned in a cage which, he says, will not free her unless he takes her place, and made to participate in the Olympics of the Doomed before the Martian people.  Despite being in a cage, Wonder Woman triumphs, and finds that she can transmit her own illusions.  Thus she makes the Duke believe she has escaped the cage, whereupon he opens it to check, frees her, and imprisons himself.  Wonder Woman returns to Earth in a borrowed space ship.

Wonder Woman No. 149
October 1964
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. a flame creature  //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Last Days of the Amazons” (24 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in issue #147; next appears in issue #152; see Comment below)
GS: Queen Hippolyte, Wonder Girl, Wonder Tot (all between issues #147 / 152; see Comment below)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor (last appearance in issue #129), Merman (between issues #133 / 155), Bird-Boy (between issues #147 / 152), Mr. Genie (last appearance in issue #140; last appearance), Athena, Aphrodite (see Comment below)
Intro: Prince Theno (first appearance; name given in issue #132; dies in this story; see Comment below)
Villain: A flame-creature (first and only appearance)
Comment: This is the eleventh Impossible Tale, which takes place in a “what if” universe in which Wonder Woman, Wonder Girl, and Wonder Tot exist side-by-side.
 The Prince’s name is not given in this story, but he is undoubtedly Prince Theno, whom Aphrodite confessed to loving in issue #132.
Synopsis: Queen Hippolyta, made lonely for the prince she once loved, calls on Athena to help her fashion a statue in his image.  But the image is brought to life by Athena, and the presence of a man on Paradise Island--and Aphrodite’s jealousy in that Hippolyta called on Athena, not herself, the goddess of love--threatens to doom the island and everyone on it.
 
Wonder Woman No. 150
November 1964
Cover: //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Phantom Fisher-Bird”
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #30 / 31)
GS: Wonder Girl (in flashback; last appearance in issue #144; next chronological appearance possibly in DC COMICS PRESENTS #76 flashback)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League induct Hawkman and fight Joe Parry and Super-Duper in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #31, then attends the wedding of Aquaman and Mera in AQUAMAN #18.

Wonder Woman No. 151
January 1965
Cover: The Glop vs. Wonder Girl and young Steve Trevor //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Wonder Girl Vs. The Teenage Monster” (25 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Girl (possibly between flashbacks in TEEN TITANS #22, 53, 4, NEW TEEN TITANS #4 and BRAVE AND THE BOLD #60; see Comment below)
GS: Wonder Woman (last appearance in AQUAMAN #18; next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #33)
Cameo: Queen Hippolyte, Steve Trevor, Mer-Boy, Bird-Boy (as inhabitants of Wonder Girl’s dream)
Villain: The Glop (first appearance; next appears in issue #159; a character in Wonder Girl’s dream)
Comments: Since most of this story is a dream, it is not impossible that the Wonder Girl who dreams it is Donna Troy of the Teen Titans.
 Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League fight the Alien-Ator in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #33, Dr. Destiny in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #34, Abnegazar, Rath, and Ghast in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #35, appears briefly during a Teen Titans adventure in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #60, and helps the Justice League battle Brain Storm in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #36.
Synopsis: After looking through a photo album of Wonder Woman with pictures of her boyfriends Manno the Merman, Wingo the Birdman, and Steve Trevor, Wonder Girl falls asleep and dreams that she and a teenaged Steve Trevor have a battle against a blob-like alien called The Glop, who talks in rhymes after hearing a rock ‘n’ roll song on a radio station.

Wonder Woman No. 152
 February 1965
Cover: Wonder Woman and frozen Mer-Boy vs. dinosaur //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Wonder Girl’s Decision of Doom” (12 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Girl (last appearance in issue #149; see Comment below)
GS: Wonder Woman, Wonder Tot, Queen Hippolyte (last appearance for all in issue #149; see Comment below), Athena (last appearance in issue #147), Amazons
Supporting Characters: Mer-Boy, Bird-Boy (last appearance in issue #149; see Comment below)
Villain: The Medusa-Bird (first and only appearance), Duke of Deception (last appearance in issue #140; see Comment below)
Comment: This is the twelfth Impossible Tale, which takes place in a “what if” universe in which Wonder Woman, Wonder Girl, and Wonder Tot exist side-by-side.
Synopsis: Athena pronounces Judgment Day on Paradise Island, in which all but one of the Wonder Woman family will have their powers erased for a day, and the single member excepted will be expected to battle all threats, with their island and Amazon powers forfeit if she fails.  Wonder Girl is the only family member to retain her powers.  The other Amazons leave Paradise Island, and Wonder Girl alone must battle a giant serpent, a Medusa-Bird, a dinosaur, and the Duke of Deception.  But she wins every battle, and Athena grants their island and powers once again.

Story: “Wonder Girl’s Mysterious Father” (13 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Girl (origin details revealed, but see Comment below)
GS: Wonder Woman, Wonder Tot, Queen Hippolyte (see Comment below)
Supporting characters: Mer-Boy, Bird-Boy
Intro: Annie and her father (first and only appearance for both)
Comments: This is the thirteenth Impossible Tale, which takes place in a “what if” universe in which Wonder Woman, Wonder Girl, and Wonder Tot exist side-by-side.
 This story posits that Wonder Girl (and thus Wonder Woman) had a human father, which contradicts the “official” origin that Wonder Woman was formed of a clay statue by Aphrodite.  But since this takes place in the Impossible Tales universe, it can safely be assumed that such does not apply to the real Wonder Woman of Earth-One.
Synopsis: Wonder Girl and Queen Hippolyte become depressed while watching a newsreel from Man’s World showing a “Dad and Daughter Day” celebration; both of them miss the same individual, the man who fathered Wonder Girl, whom Hippolyte says was lost at sea.  Later, Wonder Girl rescues a shipwrecked man whose memory was affected by a lightning blast and who thinks Wonder Girl is really his daughter, Annie.  Wonder Girl builds an island for both of them to live on temporarily, since the man cannot be allowed to set foot on Paradise Island.  Queen Hippolyte tells Wonder Girl to stay with the man till a passing ship can pick him up.  Both the man and his lost daughter are acrobats, and Wonder Girl helps him perform acrobatic stunts, with Bird-Boy and Mer-Boy lending a hand.  The two put on an acrobatic act for the Amazons, and Wonder Girl enjoys the presence of a surrogate “father”.  But, soon afterward, she finds Annie, who has also been lost at sea, and reunites her with her father.  The man’s memory returns at the sight of his true daughter, and Wonder Girl takes both of them to a passing ship, which will take them back to America.

Wonder Woman No. 153
April 1965
Cover: Wonder Woman, Wonder Girl with half-green face, Wonder Tot, Queen Hippolyte //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Wonder Girl’s Stolen Face” (25 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (see Comment below)
GS: Wonder Girl, Wonder Tot, Queen Hippolyte (see Comment below)
Supporting Characters: Mer-Boy, Bird-Boy (next appearance in issue #158)
Villains: Duke of Deception, Martians (see Comment below), Medusa, Dr. Henry Jekyll / Edward Hyde (first and only appearance for both; in flashback; see Comment below), a giant merman (first and only appearance)
Comment: This is the fourteenth Impossible Tale, taking place in a “what if” universe in which Wonder Woman, Wonder Girl, and Wonder Tot can exist side-by-side.
 Since this adventure does not take place on the real Earth-One, the fact that Robert Louis Stevenson’s Dr. Jekyll / Mr. Hyde character appears in it does not establish him as an Earth-One character.
Synopsis: The Duke of Deception teleports a face onto Wonder Girl, half-normal, half-green and ugly, in an attempt to madden her and get her to destroy her family and thus pave the way for a Martian invasion fleet.  Wonder Girl is maddened, but, after she destroys a temple on Paradise Island, she realizes her family is not fighting back, and that they still love her.  Thus, she leaves the Island in self-banishment, finding the Duke’s flying saucer in the clouds above, with her old face visible within it.  The Duke traps her and intends to use her as bait for the Wonder Woman family, but Wonder Girl breaks loose and signals her relatives.  The Wonder Family destroys the Martian saucer fleet, recovers Wonder Girl’s stolen face, and has it regrafted to Wonder Girl’s head by surgery.

Wonder Woman No. 154
May 1965
Cover: Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor vs. Boiling Man //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Battle of the Boiling Man” (25 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (see Comment below)
GS: Queen Hippolyte, Wonder Girl, Wonder Tot, Athena, Aphrodite, Amazons (see Comment below)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Bird-Man, Mer-Man, Mer-Boy (see Comment below)
Villain: Boiling Man (first and only appearance)
Comments: This is the fifteenth Impossible Tale, which takes place in a “what if” universe in which Wonder Woman, Wonder Girl, and Wonder Tot can exist side-by-side.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman is summoned to Paradise Island for Name Day, in which she must prove for another year that she is worthy to bear the name Wonder Woman.  Steve Trevor threatens to land on Paradise Island, which would violate Aphrodite’s Law, but promises not to set foot on the island if Wonder Woman will promise not to become engaged to Mer-Man or Bird-Man during Name Day, which promise she gives him.  On the way, she encounters Mer-Man and Bird-Man while battling a giant sphinx.  Then Athena and Aphrodite oversee the Name Day trials, which include a glass pole climb (won by Wonder Woman, Wonder Girl, and Wonder Tot), after which the “goddesses” give the three Wonder Family members a series of tests, and say that if they all succeed, the three of them must decide which is worthy of the name “Wonder Woman”.  Wonder Tot and Wonder Girl perform their tasks easily. When Wonder Woman’s time comes, she is astonished to see Steve Trevor knocked out of the sky, and Boiling Man, a volcanically-erupting creature, emerging from beneath Paradise Island at the same time.  She saves Steve by blowing him skyward, then entombs Boiling Man in an iceberg which she throws into space.  Athena reveals that Wonder Woman has fulfilled her task, and Wonder Tot and Wonder Girl vote Wonder Woman the Name Day winner.  Wonder Woman takes Steve back to Man’s World in her Robot Plane.

Wonder Woman No. 155
July 1965
Cover: Wonder Tot, Wonder Girl, Queen Hippolyta and Amazons attending the wedding of Wonder Woman and Mr. Monster //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “I Married a Monster” (24 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in issue #158; see Comment below)
GS: Wonder Tot, Wonder Girl, Queen Hippolyte (all next appear in issue #158; see Comment below)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor, Birdman, Merman (between issues #149 / 159; see Comment below)
Intro: “Mr. Monster” (first and only appearance)
Villain: A Sphinx (first and only appearance)
Comments: This is the sixteenth Impossible Tale, which takes place in a “what if” universe in which Wonder Woman, Wonder Girl, and Wonder Tot can exist side-by-side.
 The character known as “Mr. Monster” is named on the cover but not in the story proper, and is not to be confused with the hero Mr. Monster, created by Michael Gilbert.
Synopsis: After being pestered for marriage by Steve Trevor, Manno, and Wingo the Birdman, Wonder Woman meets a prince from an island in the sky who was given a horrific visage by magic, and agrees to marry him.

Wonder Woman No. 156
August 1965
Cover: Wonder Woman on giant dartboard //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Brain Pirate of the Inner World” (24 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #36 / 38; also appears in flashback; see Comment for issue #78)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor (also appears in flashback), Queen Hippolyta (incorrectly colored with black hair to conform to Golden Age image; in flashback), Etta Candy (first chronological appearance; next chronological appearance in issue #117), the Holliday Girls (first chronological appearance; these particular girls do not reappear, but other Holliday Girls first appear in issue #117)
Intro: The Dream Merchant (only appearance)
Villain: The Brain Pirate and his minions (first and only appearance for all; in flashback)
Comments: There is some doubt as to whether or not the Brain Pirate is a real villain or only a comic book character in Wonder Woman’s world in this story.   But since Wonder Woman herself thinks, “I was reliving this story of my past adventures!”, it is our belief that the flashback portion is a canonical adventure.  See Comment under issue #78 for its chronology.
 Shortly after this story, Wonder Woman briefly appears with the Justice League in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #38.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman reads a comic book story which portrays one of her old adventures, in which she battled the Brain Pirate.

Wonder Woman No. 157
October 1965
Cover: Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor attacked by enemy planes //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “I--the Bomb” (24 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #38)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Queen Hippolyte (last appearance in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #60), Gen. Darnell, Amazons
Villains: Egg Fu I (first appearance), Wong, Fong and another spy (first appearance for all; all die in this story), Red Chinese
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Steve Trevor is sent on a dangerous reconnaisance mission to take pictures of a possible enemy development on the island of Oolong, held by the Red Chinese.  Eleven men have already been lost trying to accomplish that mission, and Diana Prince fears that Steve could be the twelfth.  She becomes Wonder Woman and attempts to help him, but is forced to divert her attention to save the American fleet in the Pacific from robot planes and a sub.  Steve Trevor parachutes out over Oolong, taking pictures, and discovers that the master of Oolong Island is Egg Fu, a gigantic egg-shaped creature created by the Red Chinese.  Egg Fu irradiates Trevor with rays that turn him into a human atomic bomb, and sends both Trevor and a conventional nuclear missle at the American fleet.  Steve is able to shout the facts of his becoming a human bomb to Wonder Woman.  She diverts him into the path of the missle, and both she, Trevor, and the bomb are blown to atoms.  The American fleet is saved.  Queen Hippolyta has Amazon planes fly over the area, magnetizing the scattered atoms of Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor.  Then both she and Steve are atomically reassembled by the Amazons’ experimental AS-2 beam.  But Wonder Woman and Steve find out that both of them are still irradiated, and that they cause explosions whenever they touch.

Wonder Woman No. 158
November 1965
Cover: Egg Fu trapping Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Fury of Egg Fu” (16 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #40)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Queen Hippolyte (next appears in SHOWCASE #59), Amazons
Villains: Egg Fu I (dies in this story), Red Chinese
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League deal with the creations of Andrew Helm in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #40, briefly appears in a Teen Titans adventure in SHOWCASE #59, teams up with Supergirl to fight Multi-Face in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #63, helps the Justice League fight the Key in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #41, briefly appears in another Teen Titans adventure in TEEN TITANS #1, and helps the Justice League fight the Royal Flush Gang in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #43 and the Unimaginable in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #44, attend the wedding of Mento and Elasti-Girl in DOOM PATROL #104, and then fight Shaggy Man in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #45, all before her regular continuity resumes in issue #165.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman takes herself and Steve Trevor off Paradise Island (Steve, having been on a table, has not touched ground and is thus not in violation of Aphrodite’s Law).  They opt to return to Oolong and battle Egg Fu.  On the way, they see a tiny meteor of anti-matter destroy a large meteor of positive matter, and deduce that touching anti-matter might rid them of their explosive power.  On Oolong, they fight off Red Chinese troops and tanks, but Egg Fu snatches them and uses their power against each other, rendering them both unconscious and then tossing them away.  But as they arc skyward, they contact another piece of anti-matter and their explosive power is neutralized.  Wonder Woman encircles Egg Fu with her magic lasso.  The villain strains against the lasso’s loop and shatters himself, ending his threat forever.  Relieved, Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor speed off in the Robot Plane.

Story: “The End--Or the Beginning” (8 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in issue #155; last appearance; see Comment below)
GS: Wonder Tot, Wonder Girl, Queen Hippolyte (last appearance for all in issue #155; last appearance; see Comment below)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Mer-Man, Mer-Boy, Bird-Man (last appearance for all in issue #155; last appearance; see Comment below), Bird-Boy (last appearance in issue #153; last appearance; see Comment below)
Villains: The Glop (last appearance in issue #151; last appearance), Duke of Deception (last appearance in issue #153; last appearance; see Comment below), Angle Man (first and only appearance; see Comment below)
Intro: Robert Kanigher, Ross Andru, Mike Esposito
Comment: This is the seventeenth and final Impossible Tale, which takes place in a “what if” universe in which Wonder Woman, Wonder Girl, and Wonder Tot can exist side-by-side.
Synopsis: Editor-writer Robert Kanigher summons the entire Wonder Woman cast to his office and tells them that they are all being retired in favor of a “new look” for Wonder Woman, a retro-Golden Age format.  As such, only Queen Hippolyte and Steve Trevor remain of the supporting cast, andKanigher makes a proclamation to an audience of comic fans--backed up by Wonder Woman, Queen Hippolyte, and Steve Trevor--that “We’re going to recreate the Golden Age--thrilling step by step!”

Wonder Woman No. 159
January 1966
Cover: Wonder Woman restrained by hand //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Golden Age Secret Origin of Wonder Woman” (16 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (origin revealed; first chronological appearance on pgs. 9-10 panel 1; next appears in issue #105, then continues from flashback in issue #150 into pg. 10, panel 5; see also origin stories in issue #105 and DC SPECIAL SERIES #19)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyte (first chronological appearance; see above comment on Wonder Woman and Comment under issue #78 for chronology; incorrectly colored with black hair from this adventure thru issue #164; appearances in issues #247 (2)-249 (2) and 206 (flashback) take place within this story), Mala (of Earth-One; first appearance; last chronological appearance in second story in issue #249; next appears in issue #207), Steve Trevor (first chronological appearance), Amazons (origin revealed; first chronological appearance)
GS: Hercules, Aphrodite, Athena
Villain: Mars (of the Earth-One universe; first appearance; appearances in flashback in issues #206 and 310 take place within this story), Nazis (in flashback)
Comment: The series of Wonder Woman stories in issues #159-164 are drawn in the style of Wonder Woman’s original artist, Harry G. Peter, and are often patterned after 1940's Wonder Woman stories which occurred on Earth-Two.  It is our belief that the stories in these issues take place on Earth-One and depict the earliest adventures of the Earth-One Wonder Woman, after her maturation from Wonder Girl into Wonder Woman; thus, we have placed them before issue #78 chronologically.  The appearance of Nazis on page 12, panel 5 is an oxymoron, since Steve Trevor is not old enough to have fought in World War II.
 This story is patterned after Wonder Woman’s origin as presented in ALL-STAR COMICS #8 and WONDER WOMAN #1.
Synopsis: In ancient times, Mars, the “god” of war, and Aphrodite, “goddess” of love, conflicted over who would rule humanity...Mars, with a sword, or Aphrodite, with love.  To counter Mars’s violence on Earth, Aphrodite created the race of Amazons, giving them “the power of love” as well as strength that made them stronger than the mightiest man.  Queen Hippolyte was given Aphrodite’s magic girdle, telling her that as long as she wore it, Amazons would be unconquerable.  The Amazons are able to defeat male invaders, but, when Mars learns from Aphrodite about the magic girdle, he passes the information on to Hercules, his ally on Earth.  Hercules is defeated by Hippolyte in battle, but romances her at a banquet afterward, tricks her into taking off her magic girdle, and has his men capture the Amazons.  The women are shackled and enslaved.  Hippolyta prays to Aphrodite, who tells her that, if a man breaks her bonds, she can be free.  Thus, the Amazon queen hurls her chains against Hercules’s sword, which shatters the links and frees her.  She then frees her sister Amazons, who help her beat Hercules and his army.  Aphrodite tells Hippolyte that she and the Amazons must wear the bracelets from then on, as a warning not to submit to male domination.
 Aphrodite then leads the Amazons in ships to an island home, which they name Paradise Island.  The “goddess” tells Hippolyte that, if a man sets foot on their island, the Amazons will lose their immortality and powers.  Later, when both Athena and Aphrodite see Hippolyta depressed, Athena decides to give her a child.  She guides Hippolyta in carving the figure of a baby girl from clay, then gives the child-statue life.  Aphrodite gives the baby the name Diana, after the moon goddess, since the moon is shining down upon them, and Hippolyta calls the baby her “wonder child!”.
 When Diana is but a child, she shows herself to have the strength of Hercules and the speed of Mercury.  At age 15, she gains her Bracelets of Submission.  At nineteen, Wonder Girl is allowed to drink from the Fountain of Youth.  Shortly after that, Diana and her friend Mala see a wrecked plane, with a pilot floating within, just off their island.  Diana reaches the wreckage and beholds the pilot, Steve Trevor, the first man she has ever beheld.  She takes Steve to her laboratory outside the city gates, not letting him touch the ground, and heals him with the power of her experimental Purple Ray.  But Queen Hippolyta, discovering what she has done, insists that Steve Trevor be returned to Man’s World immediately.  Diana insists on returning with Steve, whom she recognizes as unable to fly himself back.  Hippolyta warns Diana that she will lose her Amazon birthright if she leaves Paradise Island, but realizes that her daughter has fallen in love with the stranger.
 Aphrodite appears to Hippolyte and tells her that an Amazon must go to America with Trevor and remain there “to fight evil and injustice everywhere!”  Hippolyte is instructed to send her greatest Amazon, and holds a contest to determine who has the greatest power.  Diana competes while wearing a mask, and wins the contest.  Accepting fate, Hippolyte gives Diana the red, white, blue, and yellow costume designed by Aphrodite and the Magic Lasso, made from links of the magic girdle of Aphrodite, which compels anyone bound with it to obey the orders of the binder.  Diana is dubbed “Wonder Woman” by her fellow Amazons, and takes the transparent Robot Plane given her by Hippolyte to take herself and Trevor back to America.

Story: “Doom Island” (8 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next chronological appearance in first story in issue #162)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor (next chronological appearance in first story in issue #162)
Villains: A gang of costumed spies (first and only appearance)
Synopsis: On the way back to America, the Robot Plane carrying Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor is knocked down over the same island which caused Trevor’s plane to crack up.  The island is inhabited by a gang of spies, who use a hidden anti-aircraft gun to wreck allied planes.  Wonder Woman’s bracelets are chained together, but she tricks the spies into using the blast of their gun to shatter the chains, after which she easily defeats the spies and takes them back to America with herself and Trevor.

Wonder Woman No. 160
February 1966
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Cheetah and her gang //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Amazon of Terror” (14 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last chronological appearance in issue #164)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor (last chronological appearance in issue #164)
Villain: The Cheetah (of Earth-One; Priscilla Rich; next appears in issue #166) and her gang (first and only appearance)
Synopsis: Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor stop the Cheetah and her gang from robbing a zoo of its priceless extinct animal exhibit for a client.  But the Cheetah escapes, and later hypnotizes Trevor into smooching with her.  When Wonder Woman sees them, as the Cheetah had planned, she is tear-stricken and upset, allowing the villainess to take her by surprise, steal her magic lasso, and encircle her with it.  Wonder Woman, enslaved by the Cheetah, is forced to take her and Steve to the Cheetah’s private island, where her personal army awaits to fight as mercenaries.  The Cheetah forces Wonder Woman to remove her bracelets so t hat she will not be able to repel bullets with them. But the removal of the bracelets causes Wonder Woman to go into a rage, negating the lasso’s control and enabling her to break free and smash wildly into the Cheetah’s men, defeating them.  Steve, who has recovered from the hypnosis, manages to get Wonder Woman’s bracelets back on her wrists.  She kisses Steve, then captures the Cheetah, promising to take the villainess to an Amazon prison for reeducation.

Story: “Dr. Psycho’s Revenge” (10 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
GS: Athena, Aphrodite (next appears in issue #169)
Villains: Mars (next appears in issue #169), Dr. Psycho (of Earth-One; first appearance; chronologically earlier appearance in flashback in issue #289; next appears in issue #163)
Synopsis: To show Athena and Aphrodite that Wonder Woman’s beauty and wisdom, derived from goddesses, are nothing compared to the god-derived powers of strength and speed she possesses, Mars steals her Herculean strength and Mercurian speed temporarily and gives them to the woman-hating Dr. Psycho, who has been rejected by all women as a suitor because of his ugliness.  Wonder Woman loses her power to Dr. Psycho while performing at a charity carnival, thus enabling Psycho to show her up in a contest of strength and speed.  But the crowd rejects Dr. Psycho because of his appearance, leaving the little man alone and sorrowful.  When Wonder Woman comes to comfort him, he steals her lasso and encircles her with it, forcing her to perform humiliating actions.  Still, she pities Psycho, and says that she wants to be his friend.  Disbelieving her, he loosens her from the lasso.  She still offers him friendship, even kissing him at her request.  Psycho is almost convinced of her sincerity, until Steve Trevor appears and she goes to him to explain.  Angered, Psycho lifts the center pole of the tent, but finds his strength fading.  Wonder Woman, reimpowered, grabs the pole and rights it as Psycho escapes.

Wonder Woman No. 161
April 1966
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Draska Nishki in mummy wrappings //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Curse of Cleopatra” (14 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villain: Countess Draska Nishki (first appearance)
Intro: Magnum Magnus
GA: Cleopatra, Mark Antony (in flashback)
Synopsis: When Countess Draska Nishki comes to Lt. Diana Prince’s office and offers her services as a spy for hire, Diana rebuffs her, and is tossed around the room by the judo-trained spy.  Later, Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor are witness to a “war” between two rival movie studios, each turning out a Cleopatra epic.  Magnum Magnus of Magnus Pictures contacts them and asks them to play the parts of Cleopatra and Mark Antony, because the actor and actress who were originally essaying those parts have fallen into catatonia.  A mummy-wrapped actress attributes their sleep-spell to a curse laid on the Egyptian queen by a rival.  Wonder Woman has to forego her lasso while playing the part, and the mummy-wrapped actress, who is really Draska Nishki, steals it, encircles her with its loop, and forces her to try and wreck the movie set on behalf of Nishki’s employers, the rival movie studio.  But when the giant statue in Wonder Woman’s hands threatens to crush the villainess, she lets go of the lasso.  Wonder Woman rights the statue, takes the lasso back, and captures Draska Nishki with it.

Story: “Battle Inside of a Brain” (10 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character:   Wonder Woman (next chronological appearance in issue #163)
Supporting Characters:  Steve Trevor, Gen. Darnell (last chronological appearance in flashback in issue #328)
Villains: Angle Man (last chronological appearance in issue #164; next chronological appearance in issue #78) and his gang (first and only appearance for all), Draska Nishki (last appearance)
Synopsis: Wonder Woman is asked by Gen. Darnell to make sure Steve Trevor gets to the Pentagon safely with info on a new rocket plane he has tested.  On the way, they are stopped and overcome by the Angle Man and his gang.  Wonder Woman is encircled by her lasso and held helpless by one of the gangsters while truth serum is administered to Steve, but he resists spilling his secrets.  Thus, Angle Man and his men use a shrinking device to reduce them to microscopic size, at which time they enter Steve’s brain and attempt to get the information directly.  Wonder Woman knocks out her guard and uses the shrinking ray to reduce herself as well, entering Steve’s body and defeating Angle Man and his gang before they can learn the classified secrets, and bringing herself and the crooks safely out of Steve’s corpus.

Wonder Woman No. 162
May 1966
Cover: Minister Blizzard vs. Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Startling Secret of Diana Prince” (12 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last chronological appearance in issue #159)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor (last chronological appearance in issue #159)
Intro: Diana Prince of Earth-One (next appears in issue #167)
GA: Zeus (next appearance in SEA DEVILS #14)
Villains: A gang of crooks (first and only appearance)
Comment: This story is patterned after the Wonder Woman story in SENSATION COMICS #1.
Synopsis: After Wonder Woman takes the injured Steve Trevor to a military hospital in Washington, D.C., she sets up a hiding place for her Robot Plane, then goes into town and catches a mob of bank robbers.  Then, still looking for a way she can easily be close to Steve, Wonder Woman comes upon a nurse weeping in the park.  The nurse, Diana Prince, tells Wonder Woman that she and her fiancé are madly in love, but she has no money to relocate to South America, where he now lives and works.  Wonder Woman notices that Diana is a virtual double for her without her glasses.  She gives Diana the reward money she receives from stopping the bank robbery, in return for assuming Diana’s identity.  The real Diana Prince promises to write Wonder Woman from South America, and Wonder Woman, now nurse Diana Prince, is finally able to be near Steve...and to save him, shortly afterward, from an encounter with enemy agents.

Story: “The Return of Minister Blizzard” (12 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next chronological appearance in issue #164)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor (next chronological appearance in issue #164)
Villain: Minister Blizzard (of Earth-One; first chronological appearance; next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #5)
Intro: Snoweena, Prince Polar (only appearance for both)
Comment: Despite the title, this is the Earth-One Minister Blizzard’s first chronological appearance.  Also, despite the fact that Wonder Woman resides in Washington, D. C., this story takes place in Manhattan (which may be a textual error).
Synopsis: When nurse Diana Prince can’t get Steve Trevor to stop talking about Wonder Woman, she assumes her other identity and is just about to collect a kiss as the park they stand in becomes covered with ice.  The cold snap is the doing of Minister Blizzard, a pale-skinned villain with a ray-gun capable of producing cold, heat, magnetism, electricity, and other forces.  Wonder Woman is defeated by him in battle and captured, along with Steve, who is frozen solid.  Blizzard tells Wonder Woman that his actions are caused by his desire to give Princess Snoweena a gift of Manhattan Island on ice.  While Blizzard is speaking, however, Wonder Woman realizes his ray has only made her imagine herself being bound, and manages to free herself.  She breaks herself and Steve out of Blizzard’s spacecraft, and, by playing bullets-and-bracelets with the projectiles that Blizzard’s fleet fires, blasts them all out of the sky.  Manhattan is rendered ice-free again, and Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor return to it.

Wonder Woman No. 163
July 1966
Cover: Paula Von Gunta looking on as Wonder Woman wrecks a locomotive //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Giganta, the Gorilla Girl” (9 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last chronological appearance in issue #161)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villains: Giganta (of Earth-One; first appearance; next appears in issue #168), Dr. Psycho (last appearance in issue #160; next appears in issue #165)
Intro: Prof. Zool (of Earth-One; first and only appearance)
Comments: This story is patterned after a story of the Earth-Two Wonder Woman which appeared in issue #9.
 A Giganta appears in SUPER FRIENDS #30, but this is probably not the Giganta of Earth-One.
Synopsis: When Dr. Psycho notices Diana Prince and Steve Trevor near the cage of Giganta, a female gorilla, he decides to victimize Wonder Woman by hypnotizing Giganta into falling in love with Steve Trevor.  The gorilla grabs Steve and, when Diana changes into Wonder Woman, overpowers the heroine, but falls victim to the Magic Lasso.  A Professor Zool appears on the scene, asking that the gorilla be turned over to him for evolutionary experimentation, and Psycho decides to capitalize on it.  He and his gang later render Giganta unconscious with a gas, break her out of the zoo, and take her to Zool, whom they force to subject the gorilla to an evolution-ray.  Giganta becomes a huge, powerful blonde woman, still in love with Steve Trevor, and Psycho tells her that she will have to get Wonder Woman out of the way before she can romance him.  Giganta does briefly defeat Wonder Woman in battle and claim Steve, but the Amazon subdues her with the Magic Lasso and takes her to Paradise Island for rehabilitation.

Story: “Danger--Wonder Woman” (15 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next chronological appearance possibly in TEEN TITANS #22)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor (next appears in METAL MEN #21)
Villains: Paula Von Gunta (first appearance; next appears in METAL MEN #21) and her gang (first and only appearance)
Intro: Mr. Mister, Lockjaw (only appearance for both)
Comment: Paula Von Gunta is the Earth-One counterpart of Paula Von Gunther, one-time archfoe of the Earth-Two Wonder Woman.
Synopsis: While pulling a jewel robbery with her gang, female criminal Paula Von Gunta sees Wonder Woman walking by with Steve, unaware of the crime being pulled off, and becomes infatuated with Major Trevor.  Accordingly, Paula undergoes a crash beauty treatment and has her gang make attempts to destroy Wonder Woman, all of which fail.  Finally, the villainess steals Wonder Woman’s lasso and encircles her with it, placing the heroine under her control.  Through hypnotic control, Paula makes Wonder Woman remove her bracelets, thus turning her into a berserker, and has her wreck a train Steve is riding on.  However, the train’s engine is threatening to crush Paula, so she restores Wonder Woman’s bracelets to her in time for the Amazon to catch the engine and save her.  Steve is reunited with Wonder Woman, who asks Paula if she can make anything easier for her while she is turning her over to the authorities.  Paula replies that she could be put on probation to Steve for the next 99 years.

Wonder Woman No. 164
August 1966
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. enemy frogmen //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Wonder Woman--Traitor” (24 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (chronologically between issues #162 / 160; see Comment)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Gen. Darnell
Villain: Angle Man (first chronological appearance; next chronological appearance in issue #161; see Comment)
Intro: Andrews (only appearance)
Comments: Since Diana Prince is still a nurse in this story, and not a lieutenant in U.S. military intelligence, this story must take place between issue #162, in which she is still a nurse, and #158, in which she is an Army lieutenant.  The issues take place as follows: #157, 162, 164, 158-161, 163.
 This is the last retro-Golden Age story in WONDER WOMAN, and her storylines return to the present day in the next issue.
Synopsis: Shortly after Wonder Woman finds out that Gen. Darnell is secretly in love with him, she learns that Steve Trevor has, in Darnell’s words, “recklessly went out to test a new super rocket plane which killed a test pilot who took his place while he was recovering!”  Steve also fails to return, and Wonder Woman’s searching can reveal no trace of either him or his plane.  Wonder Woman grieves, but Darnell consoles her, and she finally accepts a proposal of marriage from the general.  However, she is unable to say the words “I do” at the ceremony, still thinking of Steve, and Darnell releases her from her engagement.  The Amazon princess rescues another pilot testing the rocket plane, and takes his place, finding the craft captured by rays fired from a submarine.  She battles frogmen from the sub, but finally is overcome, and finds herself encircled by her own Magic Lasso, held by her enemy, Angle Man.  The villain forces her to retrieve the weapons that the U.S. uses against him, for resale to criminals.  Steve Trevor, a prisoner of Angle Man, misunderstands the lasso’s power over her and calls Wonder Woman a traitor.  Finally, Trevor is so angered that he knocks down Angle Man, causing the villain to lose his grip on the lasso.  Angle Man jettisons Wonder Woman and Trevor from the ship and sends a torpedo at them, but Wonder Woman deflects it back into the sub, sinking it.  Wonder Woman gets herself and Steve to the surface, explains that the Magic Lasso compelled her to obey Angle Man, and kisses him.

Wonder Woman No. 165
October 1966
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. The Paper-Man //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Perils of the Paper-Man” (15 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #45)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor (last appearance in METAL MEN #21)
Villain: The Paper-Man (Horace; first and only appearance)
Synopsis: Diana Prince and Steve Trevor are at a chemical plant checking on a new process for making paper for the military when they encounter a timid factory worker named Horace, whom Diana takes pity on.  Shortly afterward, Horace falls in a vat of chemicals used in making paper, and becomes a being of living paper.  The workers laugh at him, but Diana offers him pity again, and the Paper-Man silently vows to shower her with expensive gifts until she loves him and agrees to be his bride.  The gifts are stolen ones, and, though Wonder Woman attempts to stop each theft, the Paper-Man successfully carries them out.  However, Diana Prince rebuffs his advances.  In their last encounter, Wonder Woman blows the Paper-Man through the window of a building into a newspaper press, and he becomes one of the many editions of the latest newspaper.  Wonder Woman wonders whether or not the Paper-Man will return.

Story: “The Three Fantastic Faces of Wonder Woman” (9 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villain: Dr. Psycho (last appearance in issue #163; next appears in issue #168)
Comment: Diana Prince is erroneously pictured as still being an Army nurse on pg. 2, panel 2, but this is not possible, given Dr. Psycho’s chronology.
Synopsis: When Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor unveil what is supposed to be a statue of Wonder Woman built from copper pennies donated by her young fans, they are flabbergasted to see it has been stolen and replaced by a statue of Dr. Psycho.  Later, Psycho calls Diana Prince and asks her to tell Wonder Woman that he has had a change of heart and wants her to tell Wonder Woman he will return her statue.  This proves to be a ruse in which the villain lures her beneath a ray that splits off two duplicate selves from her--a tyrannical Wonder Woman and a vain Wonder Woman.  Both wicked Wonder Women unite to knock her unconscious and, at Psycho’s behest, chain her to a whale’s back.  But the Amazon recovers in time and frees herself.  Later, by playing on the vain Wonder Woman’s ego, she convinces her duplicate to help her trap the tyrannical Wonder Woman, after which the original Wonder Woman encircles her vain duplicate with her Magic Lasso.  Steve Trevor captures Dr. Psycho as Wonder Woman reverses the villain’s ray and remerges her two other selves with herself.

Wonder Woman No. 166
November 1966
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Egg Fu V
Story: “The Sinister Scheme of Egg Fu, the Fifth” (12 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Gen. Darnell
Villains: Egg Fu V (first appearance; dies in this story), Red Chinese (die in this story)
Synopsis: Gen. Darnell sends Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor to sea in the Robot Plane to discover what became of a missing atomic sub.  They are both captured by Egg Fu V, the latest in a line of Egg Fus, whose Red Chinese crew have stolen the sub under his direction.  The villain holds Wonder Woman prisoner by her own Magic Lasso, but the Amazon asks to perform a dance for him in honor of his victory.  Egg Fu V agrees, and she dances, clashing her bracelets together so loudly that the sound waves shatter and destroy the villain.  She and Trevor escape the enemy craft, destroying it by ricocheting a torpedo sent at them back at the ship.

Story: “Once a Wonder Woman” (12 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #50)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor, Gen. Darnell
Villains: The Cheetah (last appearance in issue #160; next appears in issue #274) and her gang (first and only appearance)
Comments: Diana Prince is promoted to Captain in this story.
 Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League and Robin fight the Lord of Time in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #50.
Synopsis: After Steve Trevor asks Diana Prince to ask Wonder Woman when she will marry him, Diana vows to make Steve fall in love with her, rather than her Wonder Woman identity.  To this end, Diana, who has just been promoted to captain, stops a truck from crashing and attempts to stop a holdup gang (which Steve defeats himself) and has Wonder Woman host a costume ball in honor of Diana’s promotion, but nothing seems to work.  And when the Cheetah and her gang crash the ball in hopes of stealing the charity-marked proceeds, she finally has to change into her Wonder Woman guise and defeat them.  Later, dancing with Steve at the ball, Wonder Woman contemplates telling Steve about her secret identity.

Wonder Woman No. 167
January 1967
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. leopard  //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Secret of Tabu Mountain” (13 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #50; origin details retold in flashback)
GS: Diana Prince (last appearance in issue #162; last appearance)
Intro: Bill (only appearance)
Villains: The Tabu Mountain tribe (first and only appearance)
Synopsis: Wonder Woman answers the request of Diana Prince, the woman from whom she took her secret identity, to rescue her fiancé Bill, who has fallen prey to an isolated Inca-like tribe atop Tabu Mountain.

Story: “Strange Power of the Magic Lasso” (11 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villains: Various crooks and spies (first and only appearance for all)
Synopsis: Steve Trevor gains control of Wonder Woman through the Magic Lasso and tries to force her to marry him, but a lot of emergencies get in the way.

Wonder Woman No. 168
February 1967
Cover: Wonder Woman and Seena duelling on kangaroos //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Three Hands On the Magic Lasso” (13 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villains: The Collector (first and only appearance), Giganta (last appearance in issue #163; last appearance), Dr. Psycho (between issues #165 / 170), Paula Von Gunta (last appearance in METAL MEN #21; last appearance), various crooks (first and only appearance for all)
Synopsis: The Collector hires three of Wonder Woman’s old enemies to steal her Magic Lasso.

Story: “Never In a Million Years” (10 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (origin details retold; appears in a bikini for the first time in this story)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Queen Hippolyta
Intro: Seena (an Amazon), Andy Greene (only appearance for both)
Synopsis: An Amazon falls in love with an American pilot who has crash-landed near Paradise Island (as did Steve Trevor), and demands the right to return to Man’s World with him, which entails fighting Wonder Woman.

Wonder Woman No. 169
April 1967
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. The Crimson Centipede //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Wonder Woman Battles the Crimson Centipede” (13 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Aphrodite (last appearance in issue #163)
Villains: Mars (last appearance in issue #160; next appears, as Ares, in issue #183), the Crimson Centipede and his gang (first and only appearance for all)
Synopsis: Mars unleashes his latest creation at Wonder Woman, a super-villain called the Crimson Centipede.

Story: “The Cage of Doom” (10 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, General Darnell
Villains: A gang of crooks (first and only appearance)
Synopsis: To make Steve Trevor jealous, Wonder Woman agrees to date General Darnell...and it succeeds.

Wonder Woman No. 170
May 1967
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. gorilla from outer space //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “The Haunted Amazon” (14 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Gen. Darnell, Steve Trevor
Villains: Dr. Psycho (last appearance in issue #168; next appears in issue #288), Pete Slote and his gang (first and only appearance for all)
Synopsis: After Dr. Psycho performs plastic surgery to make a gangleader look like Steve Trevor, Wonder Woman is psychologically inhibited from fighting him, and retires.

Story: “Wonder Woman--Gorilla” (9 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #53)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyta, Amazons
Villains: Gorillas from outer space (first and only appearance)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League fight a nameless weapons-thief in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #53 and helps them defeat the Royal Flush Gang in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #54.
Synopsis: A band of gorillas from outer space land on Earth and attempt to take Wonder Woman and other Amazons for wives.

Wonder Woman No. 171
July-August 1967
Cover: Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “Terror Trap of the Demon Man-Fish” (14 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #53)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Queen Hippolyte, Amazons
Villains: Mouse-Man (last appearance in issue #142), the Man-Fish and other Men-Fish (first and only appearance for all)
Intro: Mermaids (possibly from Merman’s realm)
Synopsis: While Wonder Woman is visiting Paradise Island, she and a group of Amazons are netted by Man-Fish, a huge, scaly merman who competes with his brothers to see who can net the perfect catch.  Wonder Woman breaks herself, her sister Amazons, and a bevy of mermaids free of his clutches and defeats Man-Fish and his brothers.

Story: “Menace of the Mouse Man” (9 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Villains: Mouse-Man (last appearance) and his gang (first and only appearance)
Synopsis: Mouse-Man breaks free of his cage with the help of a pack of mice which obey his commands.  He leads them and a gang of human crooks on a series of robberies. When Wonder Woman intervenes, she is at first bested by Mouse-Man when he encircles her with her own Magic Lasso, but she eventually frees herself and recaptures the diminuitive villain.

Wonder Woman No. 172
September-October 1967
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. trio of costumed crooks //Ross Andru / Mike Esposito
Story: “A Day in the Life of an Amazon” (13 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Queen Hippolyta
Intro: Prof. and Mrs. Dinwoodie, Ambrose Dinwoodie (only appearance for both)
Villains: A gang of costumed crooks, the Lizard Men (first and only appearance for all)
Synopsis: A typical day for Wonder Woman includes capturing a gang of crooks, foiling an invasion of Lizard Men, and coping with a baby who grows into a giant.

Story: “The Amazing Amazon Crime” (10 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ross Andru
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in SUPERMAN #199)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Villains: Joe, his brother, and his gang (first and only appearance for all), a Wonder Woman android (first appearance; destroyed in this story)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman and the Justice League witness the first Superman-Flash race in SUPERMAN #199.
Synopsis: The brother of a hood Wonder Woman sent to jail plots revenge with the help of a Wonder Woman android.

Wonder Woman No. 173
November-December 1967
Cover: Wonder Woman holding Tonia and herself to Ferris wheel and deflecting bullets from crooks in helicopter //Carmine Infantino / Irv Novick
Story: “Wonder Woman’s Daring Deception” (15 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Irv Novick
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in SUPERMAN #199)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Queen Hippolyta
Intro: Tonia (an Amazon; only appearance)
Villains: The Helicopter Holdup Gang, Motorcyclist 66, various crooks (first and only appearance for all)
Comment: This story is patterned after the second story in issue #51, which involved the Earth-Two Wonder Woman.
Synopsis: Tonia, an Amazon, creates a power pill that enables her to triumph over the other Amazons in ritual tests of strength and skill.  If she passes one of three tests Wonder Woman gives her, she will be allowed to fight crime in Man’s World.

Story: “Earth’s Last Human” (8 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Irv Novick
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #57)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor, Queen Hippolyta, Amazons
Other Characters: Jovians
Villains: Martians
Comments: This story is patterned after the third story in issue #65, which involved the Earth-Two Wonder Woman.
 Shortly after this story Wonder Woman rejoins the Justice League to briefly appear in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #57, witness the second Superman-Flash race in THE FLASH #175, and battle the Contras in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #59.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman must go back in time to stop a Martian invasion which, in her own era, has already succeeded.

Wonder Woman No. 174
January-February 1968
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Amazons //Carmine Infantino / Irv Novick
Story: “Steve Trevor--Alias the Patriot” (10 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Irv Novick
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #59)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor (becomes The Patriot for this story only), Queen Hippolyte, Paula (next appears in issue #207)
Villains: The Angle Man (last appearance in issue #141; next appears in SECRET SOCIETY OF SUPER-VILLAINS #10) and his gang (first and only appearance)
Synopsis: Angle Man robs Wonder Woman of her powers by a ray-device concealed in a camera which one of his henchmen uses to snap her picture.  At the same time, he anonymously gives Steve Trevor super-power pills which make him super-strong, super-swift, and resistant to damage.  Steve decides to become a super-hero, and takes on the costume and name of The Patriot.  Wonder Woman attempts to carry on her career without powers, but is of little use against criminals.  Angle Man anticipates that she will give up and marry Steve Trevor, thus taking herself out of the crime-fighting business.  But Steve and Wonder Woman figure out the plot, after which Wonder Woman restores her powers temporarily with one of Steve’s pills and both of them capture Angle Man and his gang.  The camera’s power-sapping film is destroyed, restoring the Amazon’s powers completely.  But she stops Steve from destroying the power pills, saying they may need the services of the Patriot someday.

Story: “Wonder Woman Vs. The Air Devils” (13 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Irv Novick
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #60)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyte, Amazons, Steve Trevor
Villain: The King of Crime (first and only apperance; not to be confused with the villain introduced in DETECTIVE COMICS #350), the Air Devils (first and only appearance)
Intro: The Mayor of Washington, D. C. (only appearance)
Cameo: Superman, Batman, and Flash (as statues)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League and Batgirl fight the Queen Bee in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #60.
Synopsis: When statues of Superman, Batman, the Flash, and Wonder Woman are unveiled in Washington, D. C., the Wonder Woman statue being made of gold, a villain called the King of Crime takes umbrage and orders his troop of plane-flying henchmen, the Air Devils, to attempt the destruction of the statues.  This proves only to be a cover for his snatching the golden Wonder Woman statue and Steve Trevor at the same time.  When Wonder Woman tries to rescue Steve, the King of Crime reveals that he has a bomb attached to Trevor, and will set it off if she opposes him.  Sadly, the Amazon departs, and later reveals what has happened to Queen Hippolyte on Paradise Island.  But she is inspired by a meteor shower to secretly hitch a ride on one of the meteors, guide it to the King of Crime’s island, knock the bomb detonator out of the King’s hand, free Trevor, and capture the King and his gang.

Wonder Woman No. 175
March-April 1968
Cover: Wonder Woman (as a child) vs. her evil duplicate //Carmine Infantino / Irv Novick
Story: “Wonder Woman’s Evil Twin” (22 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Irv Novick
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (appears between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #60 / 61)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Queen Hippolyte, Amazons
Villains: Mr. Gargoyle and his gang, an evil Wonder Woman from a parallel world (first and only appearance for all)
Intro: Queen Hippolyte and Amazons of a parallel world (first and only apperance for all)
Cameo: Robert Kanigher
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League fight Dr. Destiny and his minions in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #61.
Synopsis: Mr. Gargoyle, a villain whose face has been disfigured in an explosion, forcing him to wear a gargoyle-like mask, tries to force Wonder Woman to love him by capturing both her and Steve Trevor and placing Trevor in a deathtrap.  Gargoyle says that he will release Trevor if she will fall in love with him, but, even though Steve is injured during the incident and thinks Wonder Woman has betrayed him when she sees him forced to kiss Gargoyle, the Amazon breaks free and saves both herself and Steve.  Wonder Woman heals Steve with the purple ray on Paradise Island.  But an evil Wonder Woman from a parallel dimension has seen the incident on a dimensional viewer and comes to Paradise Island, intent on romancing Steve, which she does.  Queen Hippolyte declares that the Wonder Women must compete in a tournament for the right to love Steve, and the evil Wonder Woman insists on holding the contest on the Paradise Island of her own parallel world.  There, dimensional differences turn Wonder Woman into a young teen who is easily defeated by the evil Wonder Woman.  But Steve Trevor is also changed into a teenager, and chooses the teen Wonder Woman for his lover.   When Wonder Woman and Steve return to their home dimension, both are restored to their proper age and Steve’s mind is healed.

Wonder Woman No. 176
May-June 1968
Cover: Wonder Woman and the Triple Stars //Carmine Infantino / Irv Novick
Story: “Threat of the Triple Stars” (23 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Irv Novick
Inker: Mike Esposito
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #61; next appears in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #78)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor
Intro: The Triple Stars (Red Star (Joey Star), White Star (Jackie Star), and Blue Star (Johnny Star); first and only appearance for all)
Villains: Various crooks (first and only appearance)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman teams with Batman and Batgirl to defeat the Copperhead in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #78, then helps the Justice League battle the Key in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #63 and Dr. Anomaly in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #240, and helps the League substitute for Superman in ACTION COMICS #366.
 This story reestablishes the fact that Wonder Woman loses her powers annually on June 18th.  It takes place June 17-19, 1968.
Synopsis: While Steve Trevor is on an inspection tour of military bases, three triplet brothers, Joey, Jackie, and Johnny Star, decide to compete for Wonder Woman’s affections.  All three are poor physical specimens, but, by taking a serum given them by a “hungry scientist”, they become the super-powered Triple Stars.  Luckily, they are on hand to spell Wonder Woman at super-tasks on June 18, the one day each year in which she loses her powers for 24 hours.  But, despite the fact that she is attracted to each of the Stars, who are now beefcake-style hunks, she refuses to fall for any of them.  And when the Stars’ temporary powers wear off, her own super-powers return, and she is able to stop a band of robbers herself.  Later, she tells the trio that she cannot consider marriage as long as she has her super-heroic career.

Wonder Woman No. 177
July-August 1968
Cover: Wonder Woman, Supergirl, Klamos, and Grok //Carmine Infantino (signed)
Story: “The Planetary Conqueror” (22 pages)
Editor: Jack Miller
Writer: Bill Finger
Penciller: Win Mortimer
Inker: Jack Abel
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in ACTION COMICS #366)
GS: Supergirl (between the Superman and Supergirl stories in ACTION COMICS #366)
Villains: Klamos (first appearance; destroyed in this story), Grok (first and only appearance), various crooks (first and only appearance)
Intro: Alien females, the Crontans (first and only appearance for all)
Synopsis: An interplanetary conquerer called Klamos and his prime minister Grok are in search of a suitable queen for the monarch.  To this end, they capture powerful and beautiful (by the standards of each planet) females from many worlds.  From Earth they take Supergirl and Wonder Woman, capturing the former by red-sun radiation and the latter by magnetizing her bracelets together.  The women contestants are set against each other in a battle royal, which at first Supergirl and Wonder Woman opt not to actively participate in, feeling that another woman will be the winner and Klamos will send both of them back home.  Unfortunately, all the other candidates defeat each other, leaving only the two super-heroines.  When they initially refuse to fight each other, Klamos first blasts them with a power-ray mighty enough to affect them both, then tells them that he will unleash his warfleet against Earth unless they go through with the battle.
 Supergirl and Wonder Woman do fight each other, and, after a tough battle, Supergirl apparently defeats the Amazon and tosses her limp body onto the dais where Klamos and Grok sit.  But when Grok and Klamos approach, Wonder Woman springs to life, tossing Grok to Supergirl.  The Maid of Might uncovers a wrist-control device which Grok uses to control Klamos, a robot, and manipulates it to destroy Klamos.  Wonder Woman tells the people of the planet where they fought that they are to spread the word of their liberation.  However, Grok teleports away, vowing vengeance.

Wonder Woman No. 178
September-October 1968
Cover: Diana Prince in mod clothes, holding up picture of Wonder Woman and “old” Diana Prince //Mike Sekowsky / Dick Giordano
Story: “Wonder Woman’s Rival” (22 pages)
Editor: Jack Miller
Writer: Denny O’Neil
Penciller: Mike Sekowsky
Inker: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #65)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #65)
Intro: Alex Block (dies before this story opens), Buck (dies in this story), Tina Colfax (only appearance)
Villains:  Roger Seely, the Stompers (first and only appearance for all)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League fight T. O. Morrow in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #65 and Demmy Gog in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #66.
Synopsis: After Steve Trevor is wrongfully accused and convicted of the murder of a man who insulted Wonder Woman, Diana Prince undergoes a glamorous makeover so that she can go underground and ferret out the real murderer.

Wonder Woman No. 179
November-December 1968
Cover: Diana Prince leaving Queen Hippolyte and Amazons on Paradise Island //?
Story: “Wonder Woman’s Last Battle” (23 pages)
Editor: Jack Miller
Writer: Denny O’Neil
Penciller: Mike Sekowsky
Inker: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #69 probably between panels 1 and 2 of pg. 15); loses her Amazon powers and Wonder Woman identity in this story)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Gen. Darnell (next appears in issue #272), Queen Hippolyte, Amazons, I-Ching (first appearance), Tim Trench (first appearance)
Villains: Dr. Cyber (first appearance; face unrevealed) and her gang (first appearance for all)
Comment: Wonder Woman loses her Amazon powers in this story, and appears only as Diana Prince in subsequent issues until she regains her powers and costume in issue #204.
 While Diana is studying martial arts with I-Ching, she visits the Justice League to take a leave of abscence in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #69.
 The Amazons reveal that they have existed on Earth for 10,000 years in this story.
 This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: In order to get in contact with the criminal organization headed by the mysterious Dr. Cyber, Steve Trevor is secretly ordered by Gen. Darnell to pose as a traitor.  He goes on the run, pursued by the Army and the authorities, with only Darnell knowing the truth.  Just as Diana Prince learns of the news, she is summoned back to Paradise Island as Wonder Woman.  There Queen Hippolyte tells her that the magic of the Amazons is exhausted after their 10,000-year stay on Earth, and that they must go to another dimension to rest and renew their powers.  Wonder Woman refuses to go, saying that Steve Trevor needs her.  Thus, she is forced to give up her costume, perform the Amazon rite of renunciation that removes her powers, and return to Man’s World only as Diana Prince.  Diana rents a store and apartment, and soon comes upon a blind Oriental named I-Ching whose martial arts skill enable him to defeat three sighted attackers.  Ching reveals that he knows she was once Wonder Woman and that he has come there to help her fight Dr. Cyber, whose agents raided I-Ching’s temple for gems and killed his fellow worshippers, and with whom Steve Trevor is now involved.  I-Ching trains Diana in karate and other martial arts.  But, during one session, a badly-wounded Steve Trevor stumbles into their dojo, having been shot and left for dead by Dr. Cyber’s agents.  They learn that Cyber plans to kill congressmen by planting bombs in children’s toys and sending them to the lawmakers.  Diana and I-Ching get Steve to a hospital, then seek out Cyber’s agents and defeat them.  But Steve remains unconscious and in critical condition at the hospital, and Diana and I-Ching are later stalked by a mysterious man.

Wonder Woman No. 180
January-February 1969
Cover: I-Ching holding Diana Prince holding Steve Trevor’s hand //Mike Sekowsky / Dick Giordano
Story: “A Death For Diana” (23 pages)
Editor: Jack Miller
Writer: Denny O’Neil
Pencilller: Mike Sekowsky
Inker: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince)
Supporting Characters: I-Ching, Tim Trench, Steve Trevor (dies in this story; restored to life in issue #223)
Villains: Dr. Cyber (revealed in this story) and her gang (including Maree (first appearance))
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Diana and Cyber turn and discover their mysterious stalker is a detective named Tim Trench, at which point they are all beset by a gun-toting squad of Cyber’s agents, who are all women.  The threesome survive the attack, though the gunsels escape.  Tim tells them that Cyber murdered his partner, Archy Miles, and that he intends to team with Diana and I-Ching against Cyber.  Later, Diana is lured into a trap by one of Cyber’s agents, who reveals--truthfully--that Steve Trevor has been kidnapped from the hospital by the villains.  Diana escapes the trap and is reunited with I-Ching and Tim.  Later, all three are drawn by an informant’s call to a castle hideout of Cyber’s.  There they discover Steve Trevor, who barely has time to warn them of a trap before he is machine-gunned in the back, and dies.  The threesome battle Cyber’s agents, most of whom escape, with Tim Trench their captive.  But I-Ching has nabbed one of Cyber’s female agents, and tells Diana he will hypnotize her into telling them where Trench has been taken.  Meanwhile, Tim finds himself taken to meet Dr. Cyber face-to-face, and learns that Cyber is a woman.

Wonder Woman No. 181
Cover: Diana Prince and I-Ching vs. Dr. Cyber’s agents //Mike Sekowsky / Dick Giordano
Story: “The Wrath of Dr. Cyber” (23 pages)
Editor: Jack Miller
Writer: Denny O’Neil
Penciller: Mike Sekowsky
Inker: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince)
Supporting Characters: I-Ching, Tim Trench
Villains: Dr. Cyber and her gang (including Valerie and Betty)
Intro: Raphael
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: I-Ching hypnotizes Cyber’s agent into revealing the location of her mistress’s underwater fortress.  Before they attempt to invade it, Diana goes to Raphael, a reformed criminal armorer, and gets several concealed weapons.  Cyber is attempting to recruit Trench to her side, but before he can give an answer, Diana and I-Ching break into the fortress and join Tim in a battle against Cyber and her cronies.  Cyber and her gang escape again, with Diana and her friends barely dodging an explosion that destroys the fortress.  Later, a clue Tim overheard leads them to the European nation of Bjorland, where they once again discover and battle Cyber and her troops.  Cyber dangles a priceless hoard of gems before Tim and offers them to him if he will become her agent and kill Diana and I-Ching.  In response, the greedy Tim turns and fires his gun.

Wonder Woman No. 182
May-June 1969
Cover: Diana Prince and I-Ching vs. Cyber’s agents //Mike Sekowsky / Dick Giordano
Story: “A Time to Love, a Time To Die” (23 pages)
Editor, writer, penciller: Mike Sekowsky
Inker: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince)
Supporting Characters: Tim Trench (next appears in DETECTIVE COMICS #460), I-Ching, an Amazon, Queen Hippolyte (voice only)
Villains: Dr. Cyber (next appears in issue #187) and her gang (one of whom dies in this story), Reginald Hyde-Whyte, Lady Rothwell (first and only appearance for both)
Intro: Won Lo (dies in this story)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Tim Trench fires over the heads of Diana and Ching, telling them his action isn’t anything personal, but he will fire for real the next time.  He takes Cyber’s jewel box, but does not ally himself with Cyber, and leaves in the helicopter Cyber had intended as her escape craft.  Cyber and her agents fail to convince Diana and I-Ching to join with them, and loose trained falcons on them, making their escape while Diana and Ching fight off the birds.  I-Ching is hurt in the fight, but he and Diana are aided by the wealthy Reginald Hyde-Whyte, who appears as if by coincidence.  Hyde-Whyte takes Diana and I-Ching as his guests to his home of London, where Diana finds herself falling in love with him.  I-Ching goes to visit an old friend, who is killed by one of Cyber’s agents.  Ching learns that Cyber will strike during a treasure hunt held by Lady Rothwell, and he, Diana, and Hyde-Whyte soon learn that Rothwell is a Cyber agent and the hunt is a ploy for Cyber to stage a jewel robbery of wealthy guests.  Diana throws Cyber and her crew off-balance, but Reggie pulls a gun on her and reveals that he, too, is an agent of Cyber, though he was truly falling in love with Diana.  Cyber escapes, but Diana, in tears, beats Reggie insensible.  Then she runs away, telling I-Ching she is never coming back.
 In another dimension, Queen Hippolyte tells an Amazon that she must bring Princess Diana back to her.

Wonder Woman No. 183
July-August 1969
Cover: Princess Diana, I-Ching, Amazons, Queen Hippolyte //Mike Sekowsky / Dick Giordano
Story: “Return To Paradise Island” (25 pages)
Editor, writer, penciller: Mike Sekowsky
Inker: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince)
Supporting Characters: I-Ching, Queen Hippolyte, Amazons (some of whom die in this story)
Villains: Mars (as Ares; last appearance in issue #169), Eris, Phobus, Diemos (first and only appearance for all), the Beast Men (first appearance), the men of Eris (first appearance)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
 Mars is incorrectly revealed as Hippolyte’s father in this story.
 It is not revealed in this story or the next how males, including Mars and I-Ching, can walk on Paradise Island without breaking Aphrodite’s Law, but perhaps the law is suspended while the island is in another dimension.
Synopsis: The Amazon emissary locates Diana and I-Ching, who has followed her, and brings them both across dimensional barriers to the land where Paradise Island now exists.  The land is ravaged by war, and Queen Hippolyte lies comatose and tormented.  An Amazon reveals that Mars (Ares), his sister Eris, and his sons Diemos and Phobus came to Hippolyte and demanded the secret of dimensional travel so that they could travel to Earth and plunge it into bloody war.  Hippolyte refused, and battle ensued, in which the Amazons were defeated.  But Hippolyte still withheld the secret, whereupon Eris cursed her with a nightmare sleep that would only end when her secret was wrested from her.
 Now Mars appears to Diana and tells her that she can end her mother’s suffering by asking her to reveal the secret.  But Hippolyte, even in sleep, grasps Diana’s hand, signifying her answer is still “No”.  When Mars and his family attempt to kidnap Hippolyte, the Amazons surround their queen and prevent it.  Mars withdraws, promising to return with troops.  Diana rallies the Amazons to fight at her side against their foe, which outnumbers them five to one.
 Diana later dons battle armor and leads the Amazon army against Deimos’s and Phobus’s Beast Men, during which battle the enemy snatches Hippolyte.  The Amazons recover their queen in a raid led by Diana, and they withdraw to a mountain pass where they intend to make their last stand against Mars’s troops.

Wonder Woman No. 184
September-October 1969
Cover: Diana Prince being carried off by Mars’s troops //Mike Sekowsky / Dick Giordano
Story: “The Last Battle” (23 pages)
Editor, writer, penciller: Mike Sekowsky
Inker: Dick Giordano
Letterer: John Costanza
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince)
Supporting Characters: I-Ching, Queen Hippolyte, Amazons
Villains: Mars (as Ares; next appears in issue #206)
GS: Lancelot, King Arthur, Queen Guinnevere
Intro: Drusilla (an Amazon), Roland, El Cid, Siegfried, Brunhilde, Valkyries (only appearance for all), Cathy Perkins
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Diana hits on the idea of going to another dimension where King Arthur and heroes of legend still exist and asking for their help in repelling Mars’s troops.  Drusilla, the Amazons’ messenger, takes her to that realm, in which Arthur is holding a tournament of heroes.  But none of them wish to go to war again, even after Diana tells them Mars is on the march again.  A fight begins between Diana and Siegfried, but the Valkyrie Brunhilde stops it and tells Diana she and her Valkyries would be proud to aid the Amazons.  Thus, Diana returns with the Nordic war-women and begin their final engagement with Mars’s forces.  Before long, they are joined by Roland and the other heroes from Arthur’s realm, and Mars’s army is defeated.  Hippolyte awakens from her sleep, and Mars brings an unconscious Diana back to her, honoring his opponent, but telling her that he will eventually return.  Roland, Brunnhilde, and all the other heroes and Valkyries depart.  Paradise Island is rebuilt, and I-Ching opts to stay there awhile and study its ancient mysteries.  Drusilla takes Diana back to her apartment on Earth, where she finds a frightened young girl who claims, “I thought you were--them!”

Wonder Woman No. 185
November-December 1969
Cover: Diana Prince, Cathy, and the shadows of Top Hat, Moose Momma, and Pinto //Mike Sekowsky / Dick Giordano
Story: “Them” (23 pages)
Editor, writer, penciller: Mike Sekowsky
Inker: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince)
Supporting character: I-Ching (hand only seen)
GS: Cathy Perkins
Intro: Tony Petrucci, Mrs. Petrucci, Mr. and Mrs. Perkins
Villains: Top Hat, Moose Momma, Pinto, Them (Top Hat’s gang; first and only appearance for all)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
 Diana’s boutique address is revealed as 301 Blocker Street in this story.
Synopsis: Diana finds that the girl, Cathy Perkins, is hiding out from a trio of women whose leader, Top Hat, seeks to bring her back as a collared slave.  Diana beats all three of them up and throws them out.  Later, Diana learns that Cathy is a runaway who fell into Top Hat’s hands and was reduced to servitude by her, before she pulled off an escape.  Top Hat attempts to terrorize Cathy and Diana, even firebombing Di’s boutique.   Eventually, Diana and her newfound ally, Tony Petrucci, whose sister Angela was victimized by the villains, have a showdown with Top Hat and her gang, defeat her, and have her jailed for a jewel robbery.  Diana reunites Cathy with her parents and floats to them the idea of making Cathy her employee at the boutique, which is accepted.  At that point, I-Ching walks in.

Wonder Woman No. 186
January-February 1970
Cover: Morgana, Diana Prince, I-Ching, Cathy Perkins, Abbie, Millie, and Henry //Mike Sekowsky / Dick Giordano
Story: “Morgana the Witch” (23 pages)
Editor, writer, penciller: Mike Sekowsky
Inker: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince; next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #71)
Supporting Characters: I-Ching (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #71), Cathy Perkins, Mr. and Mrs. Perkins, Tony Petrucci, Mrs. Petrucci
Intro: Abbie, Millie (first and only appearance for both), Henry (first appearance; next appears in ADVENTURE COMICS #397)
Villains: Morgana (first appearance; next appears in ADVENTURE COMICS #397), Frimost (her familiar; first appearance), Lu Shan (I-Ching’s daughter; first appearance)
Comments: Shortly after this story, Diana Prince and I-Ching briefly appear in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #71, after which Diana helps Superman and Lois Lane fight Ar-Ual in SUPERMAN’S GIRL FRIEND, LOIS LANE #93 and then helps Batman combat Willi Van Dort in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #87.
Synopsis: Diana introduces I-Ching to all her new friends.  The next day, she receives a substantial reward from Mr. Smithson, the victim of Top Hat’s jewel robbery, and uses it to rebuild her boutique in great style.  Cathy Perkins has three friends in trouble, though, and brings them to Diana to seek help.  One of those friends, a boy named Henry, has been turned into a frog.  Henry and the girls explain that he performed a magic spell from an old book and liberated a sorceress named Morgana into their realm.  When he sought to send her back, Henry was transformed by her into a frog.  Diana, Cathy, I-Ching, Henry, and the girls locate Morgana in town, causing mostly harmless chaos to amuse herself.  Morgana is amused by Diana’s challenge, and holds her own with the heroine in a hand-to-hand fight.  But when the sorceress attempts to use a spell against Diana, I-Ching, who has studied magic, uses a counter-spell to stop her.  After another brief brawl, in which she defeats Diana, Morgana takes her leave...and Henry is still a frog.  I-Ching tries other spells on him, but none work.  Finally, Cathy hits on the idea of having Abbie, Henry’s girlfriend, kiss him.  The ploy works, and Henry becomes a human again.

Wonder Woman No. 187
March-April 1970
Cover: Diana Prince, I-Ching, and Lu Shan’s shadow //Mike Sekowsky / Dick Giordano
Story: “Earth-Quaker” (23 pages)
Editor, writer, penciller: Mike Sekowsky
Inker: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince; last appearance in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #87)
Supporting Characters: I-Ching (last appearance in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #87; some origin details revealed), Cathy Perkins
Villains: Dr. Cyber (last appearance in issue #182), Lu Shan, Lum Fong (first appearance; dies in this story), the Tiger Tong (first and only appearance)
Intro: Patrick McGuire, Eddie, David McLean
Comment: The title of this story is taken from the cover.
 This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: I-Ching receives a call from an old friend in Hong Kong, asking for help.  The only plane he and Diana can charter for the flight is owned and flown by another of Ching’s old friends, Patrick McGuire, who is also carrying a lady named Lu Shan to Hong Kong.  During the flight, members of the Tiger Tong criminal clan emerge from crates in the cargo hold and attempt to take over the plane, but are repelled by Diana and her friends and accidentally thrown off the plane.  Lu Shan says that the Tiger Tong were trying to get her “employer’s” treasure, but I-Ching, feeling half of a shattered gem on a ring on Lu Shan’s finger, has Diana fit it together with another half-gem he carries on a chain around his neck.  By this token, he knows that Lu Shan is really his long-lost daughter.
 Diana, I-Ching, Lu Shan, and Patrick are attacked again by the Tiger Tong in Hong Kong.  Lu Shan finally takes her three newfound acquaintances along with her, to deliver her “treasure” to her employer--Dr. Cyber.  Cyber opens the crate Lu Shan has brought to her, and explains that the devices within will power the Earthquaker devices that will cause earthquakes that will destroy Hong Kong.  Then, she says, she will blackmail the world with threats of further earthquakes.  After gaining Dr. Cyber’s permission, Lu Shan shoots I-Ching.  Diana, aghast, asks how she could shoot her father.  Lu Shan says that it is because he murdered her mother twenty years ago.
 Dr. Cyber kills the Tiger Tong members who helped her during the operation, but one of them survives long enough to blast a brazier at Cyber’s side,sending a rain of red-hot coals into her face.  Lu Shan gets Cyber to safety, but her face is horribly disfigured.  Diana manages to rescue herself and gets I-Ching to a hospital.  Later, recuperating, Cyber orders Lu Shan to activate the Earthquakers, and send death squads after Diana Prince.

Wonder Woman No. 188
May-June 1970
Cover: Dr. Cyber and Diana Prince //Mike Sekowsky / Dick Giordano
Story: “Cyber’s Revenge” (23 pages)
Editor, writer, penciller: Mike Sekowsky
Inker: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: I-Ching
GS: Patrick McGuire, David McLean
Villains: Dr. Cyber (next appears in issue #200) and her gang, Lu Shan (next appears in issue #202)
Comments: This story continues in the next issue.
 The title of this story is taken from the cover.
Synopsis: While Diana Prince is consulting with Inspector David McLean of the Hong Kong police, the island is rocked by an earthquake.  She and Patrick investigate outside once the tremors stop and find Lu Shan and some of Dr. Cyber’s gang attacking them, but they elude the assassins.  Dr. Cyber, safely off of Hong Kong, broadcasts a blackmail message demanding she be made ruler of Earth, with the world to be levelled by earthquakes as an alternative.  Diana is found by Cyber’s killer squad, but she defeats them and forces one of the women to tell her where the Earthquakers are.  All but one of the Earthquakers are shut down.  At the last Earthquaker locale, both Diana and Patrick are captured and chained up by Dr. Cyber, who forces Diana to look upon her ravaged face.  But Diana kicks Cyber unconscious, manages to pull her chains out of the wall, and frees Patrick with a key found on Cyber.  The villainess revives and tries to attack Diana with a sword, but Diana knocks her into a high-voltage wire, electrocuting Cyber and causing the final Earthquaker to explode.  Diana and Patrick manage to escape.  Lu Shan, who also reaches safety, vows vengeance for her mistress.
 Later, Diana and Patrick learn that Lu Shan has gone into Red China, and I-Ching has gotten out of his hospital bed and followed her there.

Story: “Crime Does Not Pay” (2 pages)
Editor, writer, penciller: Mike Sekowsky
Inker: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince; takes place between issue #189 / ADVENTURE COMICS #397)
Villain: Creepy Caniguh and his partner (first and only appearance for both; Caniguh named after Robert Kanigher)
Comment: Shortly after this story, Diana Prince and Morganna help Supergirl fight Zond in ADVENTURE COMICS #397, then Diana and I-Ching briefly appear in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #199.
Synopsis: While shopping for perfume, Diana Prince nabs pickpocket Creepy Caniguh and his partner.

Wonder Woman No. 189
July-August 1970
Cover: Diana Prince machine-gunning Red Chinese plane to save Chinese woman and her children //Mike Sekowsky / Dick Giordano
Story: “Red For Death” (25 pages)
Editor, writer, penciller: Mike Sekowsky
Inker: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince; next appears in the second story in issue #188)
Supporting Character: I-Ching (next appears in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #199)
GS: Patrick McGuire, David McLean (last appearance for both)
Villains: Red Chinese
Intro: Ashai villagers (including Ah Chen and Lin Po; first and only appearance for all)
Synopsis: Diana, remembering that I-Ching mentioned having friends in the Red Chinese city of Ashai, decides to start her search there.  Patrick has both of them made up as Orientals and then flies them both over the Chinese border to Ashai, though their plane is shot down in the process.  They discover I-Ching among the villagers of Ashai.  He tells them that he has broken off his search for Lu Shan because his old friends, the Ashai villagers, are about to be forcibly relocated by the Chinese government to the north, where they will be forced to toil in mines.  Since the Ashaians are “river people”, farmers and fishermen, I-Ching fears that they will not survive in the mining country.  He and a collaborator plan to bring the Ashaians across the border in an old riverboat, with a cache of World War II-vintage Japanese arms for protection.  The operation begins, with Diana and Patrick battling the Red Chinese to cover for them.  Despite the heavy odds against them, the Ashaians manage to make it into Hong Kong territorial waters.  Diana has been rendered unconscious by a flying piece of debris, but, when she revives, both Inspector McLean and Patrick take her out to dinner.

Wonder Woman No. 190
September-October 1970
Cover: Diana Prince, Leda, and the Shadowmen //Mike Sekowsky / Dick Giordano
Story: “Detour” (23 pages)
Editor, writer, penciller: Mike Sekowsky
Inker: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince; last appearance in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #199)
Supporting Character: I-Ching (last appearance in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #199)
Intro: Leda, Ranagor
Villains: Shadowmen, Queen of Chaldonor and her subjects (first appearance for all)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: When Diana has a bout of depression, I-Ching suggests she visit her mother on Paradise Island.  She mentally contacts Queen Hippolyte, who sends Leda, an Amazon messenger, to her plane.  Leda intends to take herself and Diana back to the dimension in which Paradise Island now exists, but their journey goes awry and they end up on the world of Chalandor, battling black-hued beings called Shadowmen.  They manage to defeat the Shadowmen with the help of a rising moon, whose light the beings cannot bear.  But, moments afterward, a Chalandorian craft lands and its crew intend to bring both Amazons back to their arena to fight as gladiatrixes.  Diana orders Leda to return to Paradise Island to get help, while she fights the Chalandorians.  She is finally overpowered and brought before the queen.  There she meets a fellow captive, a barbarian called Ranagor.  Diana attacks the Queen and her guards, trying to free herself and Ranagor, but she is once again defeated and imprisoned with her new barbarian friend.  Both end up in the arena facing the gnarth, a vicious beast, but they destroy it.  Then they fight their way out of the arena to a tall tower, where they sight an army across a river.  Ranagor reveals that he is the prince of North Ambria, and the troops are those of his father, who hopes to oust the villainous queen of this realm.  Both jump into the river from the tower and are rescued by the North Ambrian troops.

Wonder Woman No. 191
November-December 1970
Cover: Diana Prince holding up covers of issues #177 and 179 //Mike Sekowsky / Dick Giordano
Story: “Detour 2" (22 pages)
Editor, writer, penciller: Mike Sekowsky
Inker: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince)
GS: Ranagor
Intro: Thanagor (Ranagor’s father)
Villains: Chalandorians
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
 Pages 5-20 reprint pages 7-22 of issue #179; credits for this issue are for pages 1-4 and 21, 22 only.
Synopsis: Thanagor, father of Ranagor and king of North Ambria, rejoices to see his son alive, and declares that they will attack Chalandor in the morning.  That night, he hosts a feast in camp for Ranagor and Diana.  Afterwards, Ranagor is alone with Diana and asks her to tell him of herself.  She responds by relating how she lost her Wonder Woman powers, met I-Ching, and began her war against Dr. Cyber.  By the time she is finished, it is dawn, and time for the attack.  But the Chalandorians attack first in flying ships, and take their toll with arrows, spears, and burning oil.

Wonder Woman No. 192
January-February 1971
Cover: Ranagor, Queen of Chalandor, and Diana Prince
Story: “Assault On Castle Skull” (22 pages)
Editor, writer, penciller: Mike Sekowsky
Inker: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince)
Supporting Character: Queen Hippolyte (next appears in issue #204), Amazons
GS: Thanagor, Ranagor, North Ambrians (last appearance for all)
Villains: Queen of Chalandor, Chalandorians (last appearance for all), Thang (first appearance; dies in this story)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: The North Ambrians take heavy losses in assaulting Castle Skull until Diana devises cannons for them to breach the walls.  Finally, the Queen of Chalandor and her champion, Thang, agree to meet Diana and Thanagor in single combat.  Thanagor kills Chang, and the queen refuses to fight Diana afterward.  The North Ambrian army finally takes the city, and the queen is sentenced to wandering the countryside, where her formerly-tyrannized subjects will undoubtedly take revenge.  Queen Hippolyte and her Amazons arrive too late for the action, but in time to take Diana back to Paradise Island for a week of rest and recuperation.

Wonder Woman No. 193
March-April 1971
Cover: Diana Prince, Eddie Dean, and Tony Petrucci’s hand holding gun //Mike Sekowsky / Dick Giordano
Story: “Angela” (22 pages)
Editor, writer, penciller: Mike Sekowsky
Inker: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince)
Supporting Characters: Tony Petrucci, Mrs. Petrucci, Angela Petrucci (first appearance)
Villains: Eddie Dean and assorted punks (first and only appearance for all)
Intro: Runty Sneed (dies in this story), Dr. Hurtz (only appearance)
Synopsis: Diana Prince is asked for help by Mrs. Petrucci, mother of her friend Tony.  Mrs. Petrucci reveals that her daughter Angela was rendered comatose three years ago when she had some punch at a party held by Tony’s Vietnam War buddy Eddie Dean, a prankster who spiked the punch with some ingredients which, unknown to him, contained a powerful detergent.  Three others died from the poisoned punch; Angela is now awake, but is mute in a nursing home and cannot recognize her mother and brother.  Eddie Dean went into hiding, and Tony has been looking for him ever since.  Now Tony has a lead on Eddie, and has taken his gun with him, which is why Mrs. Petrucci asks Diana to find Eddie first.
 After a series of incidents, both Diana and Tony find Eddie, capture him, and turn him over to the police.  Angela regains her senses with the help of therapy by one Dr. Hurtz and is reunited with her mother and Tony.  Later, Diana and Tony learn that Eddie has been sentenced to from ten to twenty years in jail.

Wonder Woman No. 194
May-June 1971
Cover: Diana Prince, Gen. Rudolph, Prince Rupert, and a priest //Mike Sekowsky / Dick Giordano
Story: “The Prisoner” (22 pages)
Editor, writer, penciller: Mike Sekowsky
Inker: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince)
Supporting Characters: I-Ching, Cathy Perkins (next appears in issue #203)
Villain: Frieda and her agents (first and only appearance for all)
Intro: General Rudolph, Fabiola, Prince Rupert, Helmut, Helga, Captain Halsman (only appearance for all)
Comment: This story is adapted from a story by Anthony Hope Hawkins.
Synopsis: While on vacation in the European country of Daldonia, Diana Prince finds herself the victim of a kidnap attempt, but fights her way free and helps catch the perpetrators.  However, she is astonished to find herself treated as royalty and hustled into the state palace.  There, Diana soon discovers that she is an exact double for Princess Fabiola, who is to marry Prince Rupert on the next day.  If she was abducted or done away with, however, her cousin Frieda would be next in line for the throne.  General Rudolph asks Diana to stay a few days, feeling she will be needed, and she is: Fabiola is kidnapped that very night.  Rudolph manages to persuade Diana to stand in for Fabiola until the princess is found.  But when Rupert kisses her, he knows that she is not his intended.  Diana and Rudolph secretly explain things to him, and they decide that the wedding must go through, with Diana still secretly substituting for Fabiola.  As she is being led down the aisle to the altar, Diana is attacked by the kidnappers and fights them off, then trails them to where Fabiola is held.  She soon defeats and unmasks the ringleader of the kidnap crew--Fabiola’s cousin Frieda.  Fabiola is recovered unharmed, and goes through with the wedding to Rupert.  Frieda and her husband Helmut are banished from Daldonia for life.  Diana gains the thanks of Gen. Rudolph, and returns home to I-Ching and Cathy Perkins.

WonderWoman No. 195
July-August 1971
Cover: Diana and the ghost of the White Horse innkeeper //Mike Sekowsky / Dick Giordano
Story: “The House That Wasn’t” (22 pages)
Editor, writer, penciller: Mike Sekowsky
Inker: Wally Wood
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince; next appearance in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #204)
Supporting Character: I-Ching (next appearance in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #204)
Villains: The White Horse Innkeeper, Lemuel (her son; two ghosts; only appearance for both), Joe Collins, Marty Fellman (first appearance for both; both die in this story)
Intro: The “little man” (dies in this story), James Arnett, Jerry and other state troopers (only appearance for all)
Comment: Shortly after this story Diana Prince teams with Superman to fight Scog and his gang in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #204.   Then she and I-Ching help Superman in his encounter with the Quarrmer in SUPERMAN #240-242.
Synopsis: Diana Prince and I-Ching, travelling in a car through a snowstorm, pick up two motorists having car trouble and soon discover their new passengers are escaped convicts holding guns on them.  Soon, Diana’s car stalls as well, and all four of them have to take refuge at the Inn of the White Horse.  Four others are there, including the female innkeeper, her son Lemuel, a writer names James Arnett, and a little man with a briefcase.  One of the convicts eventually stabs the little man, mistakenly thinking he has stolen money in his briefcase, and is in turn killed falling down the stairs in flight from an unseen attacker.  When the other convict is killed in the dark, Diana sees the innkeeper has no reflection, and stops the others from drinking what turns out to be poisoned ale.  Lemuel tries to strangle Diana, but I-Ching knocks him away with his silver-headed cane.  Lemuel and his mother hold Diana and the other two at gunpoint, explaining that they are ghosts and can only appear during storms like these, in which they have the chance to “take...enough souls” to enable them to appear and disappear at will.  Diana kicks Lemuel’s guns away, and she, Arnett, and I-Ching escape, setting the Inn ablaze and burning it to the ground.

Wonder Woman No. 196
September-October 1971
Cover: Diana Prince in chains with target painted on her back, and the hands, rifle, and shadow of an assassin //Mike Sekowsky / Dick Giordano
Story: “Target For Today?”  (22 pages)
Editor, writer, penciller: Mike Sekowsky
Inker: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince; last appearance in SUPERMAN #242; next appears in issue #199)
Supporting Character: I-Ching (last appearance in SUPERMAN #242)
Intro: General Stuart (only appearance), an agent (dies in this story)
GS: President Richard M. Nixon
Villains: “Anatole Karoli” (first and only appearance), Otto and other assassins (first and only appearance for all; some die in this story)
Comment: It is revealed in this story that Diana has resigned her Army commission but is still in the Army Reserve.
Synopsis: A man dying of gunshot wounds stumbles into Diana’s boutique, reveals that he is a secret agent for a government agency headed by General Stuart, for whom I-Ching also once worked, and tells her that Stuart must learn of an assassination planned on the Koronian ambassador.  Then he dies.  After Diana and Ching defeat two killers seeking the dead agent, Ching goes to Washington to contact Gen. Stuart, and Diana goes to Kennedy Airport, where she stops another apparent assassination attempt on Anatole Karoli, the ambassador from Koronia.  Karoli insists on taking Diana out, and begins romancing her, during which time she foils more attempts on his life.  Later, Gen. Stuart and I-Ching meet with Diana.  The general tells Diana that she is still in the Army Reserve, even though she has resigned her commission, and he reappoints her lieutenant with the task of keeping Karoli safe from assassination.  Diana goes to Washington, D. C. with Karoli and saves him from still more apparent murder attempts.  But, just after Karoli shakes hands with President Nixon, Diana knocks Karoli down, kicks a pistol he had been packing away from him, and knocks him unconscious.  She removes a mask from “Karoli”’s face, explaining to the president that she saw the bottom of the mask poking out from under his collar.  The “assassination attempts” were really fakes, and the “ambassador” was really an assassin seeking the president’s life.  Later, the president tells Diana and Gen. Stuart that the killer was an agent of the party out of power in the Koronian government, and their plan was to make it appear that one of the opposition had been guilty of the assassination of the president.

Story: “Introducing Wonder Woman” (from ALL-STAR COMICS #8) (6 pages)

Story: “The Stormy Menace of Goblin Head Rock” (11 pages)
Editor: Mike Sekowsky
Writer, artist: Harry G. Peter
Feature Character: Wonder Woman of Earth-Two
Comment: Since this is a Wonder Woman of Earth-Two story, it is not included fully in this index.

Wonder Woman No. 197
November-December 1971
Cover: Diana Prince holding up cover of issue #181 and panels 3, 5, and 7 of pg. 21 of issue #182
//Dick Giordano
Story: “The Wrath of Dr. Cyber” (from WONDER WOMAN #181)
Comment: Pages 1-5 eliminated and many panels from page 14 onward reshuffled to bring page count down to 18.

Story: [”A Time To Love, a Time To Die”] (from WONDER WOMAN #182)
Comment: Page 3, page 4 panel 1 eliminated, many panels reshuffled to bring page count down to 21; both stories are presented as a single unified story.
 This issue is edited by Dorothy Woolfolk.

Wonder Woman No. 198
January-February 1972
Cover: Diana Prince and recreations of covers from issues #183 and 184 //Dick Giordano
Story: “Return To Paradise Island” (from WONDER WOMAN #183)
Comment: Page 1 eliminated and replaced by preview page; pages 5-8, page 10 panels 2, 3, page 11 panel 1, page 20, page 23 panel 1, page 24 panels 2, 3 eliminated to bring page count down to 18.

Story: [”The Last Battle”] (from WONDER WOMAN #184)
Comment: Page 1 cropped, page 3 panels 1, 2, pages 6, 10, 19, page 23 panels 3-6 eliminated to bring page count down to 19; both stories are presented as a single unified story.
 This issue is edited by Dorothy Woolfolk.

Wonder Woman No. 199
March-April 1972
Cover: Diana Prince chained before an executioner //Jeff Jones
Story: “Tribunal of Fear” (25 pages)
Editor, writer: Denny O’Neil
Penciller: Don Heck
Inker: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince; last appearance in issue #196)
Supporting Character: I-Ching (last appearance in issue #196)
GS: Jonny Double (last appearance in ADVENTURE COMICS #418)
Intro: Fellows Dill, an old woman (dies in this story)
Villains: The Tribunal (first appearance)
Comment: This story is continued in the next issue.
 Story title taken from the cover of this issue.
Synopsis: Diana encounters Jonny Double, a private detective who prods her into a fight (which she wins) to test her prowess, and then offers her a job.  Double is currently employed by nightclub magnate Fellows Dill, the “dean of beautiful women”.  A fanatic religious / moralist organization called The Tribunal is out to murder him for his embodiment of values with which they disagree.  He feels that The Tribunal’s assassins will be on the lookout for male bodyguards like Double, but not for a beautiful female like Diana.  At first she refuses his offer, but when Dill offers to finance an operation that will return I-Ching’s sight, she agrees.
 The Tribunal strikes while Dill, Diana, and Double are travelling on a private train car, gassing both Diana and Double unconscious, though Dill escapes.  Diana and Double are placed on trial by The Tribunal’s hierarchy, and are condemned to death for their involvement with Dill.  Jonny offers to bring back Dill in exchange for their lives, with Diana staying as a hostage.  The Tribunal agree, with a three-day deadline.
 When three days pass without Double’s return, an executioner is sent to Diana’s cell, but she knocks him unconscious, takes his keys, and frees herself.  She fights her way past guards and, seeing Tribunal members with Double in tow, takes a guard’s robe and follows them in disguise.  Double admits to The Tribunal that he was unable to find Dill, but offers himself as sacrifice in place of Diana.  Diana attacks the guards and she and Jonny make an escape from The Tribunal’s stronghold.  Minutes later, Jonny and Diana are about to share a kiss when Double is grazed by a gunshot.  The gunman is Fellows Dill, holding a pistol, with an insane look on his face.

Story: “Battle of the Mermen” (from WONDER WOMAN #111)

Wonder Woman No. 200
May-June 1972
Cover: Dr. Cyber and Diana Prince tied to operating table //Jeff Jones
Story: “The Beauty Hater” (25 pages)
Editor, writer: Denny O’Neil
Artist: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince)
GS: Jonny Double (next appearance in ?), Fellows Dill (last appearance)
Supporting Character: I-Ching
Villains: Dr. Cyber (last appearance in issue #188; next appears in issue #221) and her gang, Dr. Moon (last appearance in BATMAN #240; next appearance in issue #221), The Tribunal (last appearance)
Comments: Title taken from cover.
Synopsis: Diana knocks Fellows Dill down and Jonny Double takes his gun.  Dill proves to be insane, and they trail his footprints to what appears to be a cabin in the mountains, but what is in reality the anteroom of a fabulous hideout burrowed into the mountain.  Two Tribunal members appear in a helicopter.  Jonny and Diana defeat them and take their craft, but soon find that the controls are locked on it and it flies them by remote control to Fellows Dill’s estate.
 Once there, they are attacked by members of Dr. Cyber’s gang.  Jonny is subdued, and Diana vaults inside the mansion, falling through a trapdoor into a dungeon full of beautiful women.  Diana realizes that Dr. Cyber is behind the caper, having recognized Cyber’s insignia on her gang members.  But Cyber knocks Diana unconscious with electric bolts from a device in the ceiling.  Diana awakens to find herself chained beside Jonny, with a steel-masked Dr. Cyber sizing them both up.  Cyber tells them that she escaped the destruction of her undersea fortress through a safety route, rebuilt her organization, admittedly “was mad”, and “established The Tribunal to destroy all who trafficked in human beauty!”  Then she discovered a mind-control serum, which she used on Dill.  Now, her objective is to have her brain transplanted by her associate Dr. Moon, late an ally of Ra’s Al Ghul, into the body of a beautiful woman.  The lovely captives Diana saw were candidates for Cyber’s new housing.  Now, she admits she wants to be housed in Diana’s body.
 When Moon administers anaesthetic gas to Diana, she suspends her breathing by yoga techniques and remains awake, faking unconsciousness.  Then she attacks Cyber and her guards, and, when Cyber attacks with a scalpel, judo-tosses her. Cyber impales herself on the scalpel.  Diana frees Jonny, and they embrace, ready to leave.

Story: “Diana’s Memory Album” (1 page)
Editor, writer: Denny O’Neil
Artist: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince)
Supporting Character: I-Ching
Comment: This is a one-page prologue to the Wonder Woman reprint story.
Synopsis: Diana Prince and I-Ching watch children playing a game of tug-of-war, and Diana remembers a time in which she played tug-of-war, with herself as the rope between Mer-Boy and Bird-Boy.

Story: “Mer-Boy Vs. Bird-Boy” (from WONDER WOMAN #144)

Wonder Woman No. 201
July-August 1972
Cover: Diana Prince vs. Catwoman //Dick Giordano
Story: “The Fist of Flame” (24 pages)
Editor, writer: Denny O’Neil
Artist: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince)
Supporting Character: I-Ching
Intro: Fafhrd and the Grey Mouser
Villains: Catwoman (last appearance in ADVENTURE COMICS #419), Fist of Flame cultists (first appearance; some die in this story)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
 Story title taken from cover.
Synopsis: Diana and I-Ching visit Jonny Double’s office to find him gone, a smear of blood on the floor, and two Asian assassins inside.  Both killers perish in battle with the twosome, but one lives long enough to gasp out, “Fist of Flame”.  I-Ching identifies the Fist of Flame as a giant ruby “said to drive men mad with greed”, and the assassins as members of a mountain-man sect devoted to worshipping it.  Later, Diana receives a note telling her to get the Fist of Flame if she wants to see Double alive again.
 Diana sells her boutique to raise money for the trip.  On the way she and I-Ching see a beautiful and strangely familiar woman on the same flight as themselves.  In Tibet, Diana and I-Ching locate the Flame Fist cultists’ mountain and see the gem itself, embedded in the forehead of a Buddhist statue.  Diana fights her way past the cultists and grabs the gem, only to find herself attacked by Catwoman, who was the woman in disguise in the plane, and who is also in search of the gem.  Catwoman kayoes Diana, but is mesmerized herself by the Fist of Flame’s hypnotic power.  Both women awaken in another chamber, suspended above a flaming pit by ropes, and supplied with swords with which to fight each other.  The cultists tell them that the survivor of their battle will serve them.  Diana manages to save both herself and Catwoman, and the cultists’ leader dies fighting them.  The two women snatch the Fist of Flame, free I-Ching, and run from the cultists’ temple.  Along the way, Catwoman tells them that she had hired Jonny Double to find the Fist of Flame, but a rival gang, led by I-Ching’s daughter Lu Shan, learned of her plans.
 Abruptly, Diana, Catwoman, and I-Ching phase out of their world, and rematerialize on the world of Nehwon, where they look up to see Fafhrd and the Grey Mouser before them.

Wonder Woman No. 202
September-October 1972
Cover: Diana Prince, Catwoman, Fafhrd, and the Grey Mouser //Dick Giordano
Story: “Fangs of Fire” (24 pages)
Editor: Denny O’Neil
Writer: Samuel L. Delaney
Artist: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #100)
Supporting Character: I-Ching
GS: Fafhrd, Grey Mouser (both next appear in SWORD OF SORCERY #1), Jonny Double
Villains: Catwoman (next appears in BATMAN #256), Lu Shan (last appearance in issue #188; last appearance), Gawron (first and only appearance)
Comment: Shortly after this story Diana Prince helps the Justice League and Justice Society in their quest for the Seven Soldiers of Victory and their battle against the Iron Hand in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #100-102.
Synopsis: After a fight breaks out among Fafhrd and the Grey Mouser and Diana and Catwoman, I-Ching halts it by producing the Fist of Flame.  He informs them that the Flame Fist has a sister jewel, the Eye of the Ocean (which Fafhrd and the Mouser had sought), and that one can look into one gem and see what is in front of the other.  Diana looks into the gem and sees Jonny Double’s face.
 Jonny proves to be a prisoner of Lu Shan, I-Ching’s daughter, who has the Eye of the Ocean and seeks the Fist of Flame; when joined in a dimensional energy transfer matrix machine, the gems’ energies can pierce dimensions, which will enable Lu Shan to enter and loot Nehwon.
 Fafhrd confirms that a machine like Lu Shan’s is controlled by the sorceror Gawron, so he, the Mouser, I-Ching, Diana, and Catwoman go to infiltrate his lair.  They fight their way inside just as a “random jump” of the Eye of the Ocean brings Lu Shan, some of her gang, and Jonny Double into Gawron’s domain.  Diana frees Jonny. I-Ching harnesses the power of both gems to teleport himself, Diana, Fafhrd, the Mouser, and Catwoman back to Earth, but Lu Shan remains stranded on Newhon.  Fafhrd and the Mouser take a look at modern-day Earth, are repelled, and wish to return to their world, which wish the jewels grant.

Wonder Woman No. 203
November-December 1972
Cover: Diana, Cathy Perkins, and attacking dogs //Dick Giordano
Story: “The Grandee Caper” (24 pages)
Editor: Denny O’Neil
Writer: Samuel L. Delaney
Artist: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince; last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #102; next appears in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #105)
Supporting Character: Cathy Perkins (last appearance in issue #194; last appearance)
GS: Jonny Double (next appearance in KOBRA #5)
Intro: Margo, Lorna (only appearance for both)
Villains: Mr. Grandee (resembles Carmine Infantino), Mike (only appearance for both)
Comments: Story title taken from cover.
 The proposed follow-up to this issue, in which Diana’s “women’s lib” group deals with women made jobless by the closing of Grandee’s Department Store, has never been published.
 Shortly after this story Diana Prince helps Batman fight Senor Montoya in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #105.
Synopsis: After Cathy Perkins starts a fight with some wolfish “admirers” of Diana (and Diana ends it), the now-homeless Diana moves in with her former assistant,whom she learns is now enrolled in a women’s liberation group and is taking karate lessons.  Diana is offered a job at Grandee’s Department Store by Mr. Grandee, its owner, who wishes to pay her big bucks for appearing in ads for his store as the symbol of the new liberated woman.  Unfortunately, Cathy’s group learns that Grandee is paying his all-female staff below minimum wage, which he can do because he buys goods from local sweatshops, thus avoiding the legal entangements of dealing in out-of-state goods.  When the group holds a meeting about the situation, some thugs hired by Grandee attemplt to break it up but are defeated by Diana.  Nonetheless, they hold Cathy hostage and manage a retreat.  Diana trails them back to Grandee’s store, defeats them and Grandee, and frees Cathy.  Nonetheless, at the next meeting of the group, a contingent of women storms in and angrily accuses them of causing the unemployment of 250 women who worked at the now-closed Grandee’s Department Store.

Wonder Woman No. 204
January-February 1973
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Nubia in arena, with Queen Hippolyte and Amazons watching //Don Heck / Dick Giordano
Story: “The Second Life of the Original Wonder Woman” (23 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Don Heck
Inker: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (recovers her powers, costume, and Amazon heritage in this story; last appearance in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #105; origin retold in this story)
Supporting Characters: I-Ching (dies in this story), Queen Hippolyte (last appearance in issue #192), Amazons
Intro: Dottie Cottonman, Jimmy Greene, John Mason, Mary Mason (all die in this story), Nubia (last chronological appearance in flashback in issue #206), Diana’s two roommates
Villain: A sniper (first appearance; dies in this story)
Cameo appearances: Aphrodite, Mars, Hercules, Athena, Mercury (in flashback)
Comment: This story is continued in the next issue.
Synopsis: A mentally-disturbed sniper kills several people with a rifle, among which is I-Ching, who dies in Diana Prince’s arms.  Diana goes after the killer, but is struck in the head and knocked unconscious, though the killer falls to his death as the result of striking her.  Diana awakens in a hospital, an amnesiac.  But her homing instint leads her to leave the hospital, steal a military jet, and head for Paradise Island, though other Air Force jets bring her plane down.  She escapes from the plane and is fished out of the water by the Amazons, who recognize her and learn of her amnesiac state.  Queen Hippolyte has her dressed in her Wonder Woman outfit again and has her memory restored by an Amazon device, except for an episode which she insists remain concealed from Diana.   When Diana awakens, she is Wonder Woman again, with all her original powers, and she is welcomed by all the Amazons save one...an armored challenger who demands the right to fight for the title of Wonder Woman.  The armored woman and Wonder Woman battle to a draw, and the newcomer unmasks herself.  She proves to be a black woman and identifies herself as “Nubia!  Wonder Woman of the floating island!”  Diana and Nubia embrace, and then Nubia leaves to return to her island, promising that someday they will prove which is the true Wonder Woman.
 Hippolyte tells Wonder Woman she must return to Man’s World, though she can return to Paradise Island when she wishes.  She goes to New York dressed as Diana Prince and gets a job as a translator at the United Nations, finding two new roommates to share her rent.  Diana feels that she has been reborn, and wonders what will happen to her in her new life.

Wonder Woman No. 205
March-April 1973
Cover: Planes shooting at Wonder Woman lassoed to bomb //Nick Cardy
Story: “Target Wonder Woman” (16 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Don Heck
Inker: Bob Oskner
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Morgan Tracy (first appearance), Diana’s roommates
Intro: Mr. Keech (only appearance)
Villains: Dr. Domino and his gang (first appearance for all; all probably die in this story)
Synopsis: A terrorist named Dr. Domino tries to force U.N. troubleshooter Morgan Tracy to spill the knowledge of a deadly weapon by tying Wonder Woman to a missle and launching it.

Story: “The Mystery of Nubia” (7 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Don Heck
Inker: Bob Oskner
Feature Character: Nubia
GA: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Hippolyte
Intro: Assah, Goolah (only appearance)
Villain: Kenyah (first and only appearance)
Synopsis: On the floating island where she reigns, Nubia stops a fight between two rivals for her hand by offering to fight one of them herself.

Wonder Woman No. 206
June-July 1973
Cover: Wonder Woman, Nubia, and Mars //Nick Cardy
Story: “War of the Wonder Women” (23 pages)
Editor: Robert Kanigher
Writer: Cary Bates
Penciller: Don Heck
Inker: Vince Colletta
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (origin retold with details; see Comment under issue #78 for chronology; also appears as Wonder Girl, circa age 7; last chronological appearance, as Wonder Tot, in issue #130; next chronological appearance in issue #209)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyta (also in flashback), Nubia (origin revealed in flashback, her earliest chronological appearance; next appears in SUPERGIRL #9), Aphrodite, Athena, Hercules, Mercury (in flashback), Diana’s roommate
Villain: Mars (last appearance in issue #184; next appears in issue #215; also appears in flashback, chronologically between flashbacks in issue #159)
Synopsis: Wonder Woman learns untold facts about her origin: that a second statue of a child, created from black clay, was created by Queen Hippolyta at the same time as she was, and was also given life by Aphrodite, becoming Nubia, who was stolen from her cradle by Mars.  Now Nubia has become the adult pupil of Mars, and is set against Wonder Woman just as Mars attacks Paradise Island.

Wonder Woman No. 207
August-September 1973
Cover: Inventa and renegade Amazons sentencing bound Wonder Woman and Queen Hippolyta to death  //Ric Estrada / Vince Colletta
Story: “The Riddle of the Chinese Mummy Case” (13 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ric Estrada
Inker: Vince Colletta
Supporting Character: Paula (last appearance in issue #174)
Intro: Dr. Ling, Prof. Morane, Princess Mei (only appearance for both)
Villain: Chang (first and only appearance)
Comment: This is an Earth-One version of a story which involved the Earth-Two Wonder Woman and appeared in issue #37.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman goes back in time to ancient China to aid a princess and to discover why a statue of Wonder Woman was found in a 2000-year-old mummy case.

Story: “The Four Dooms” (10 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ric Estrada
Inker: Vince Colletta
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyta, Mala (last appearance in issue #159)
Intro: Hercula (an Amazon; only appearance)
Villain: Inventa and other prisoners (including Torcha, who is named in next issue; first appearance for all)
Comment: This is an Earth-One version of a story which involved the Earth-Two Wonder Woman and appeared in issue #33.
 This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Inventa, a criminal scientist sentenced to Transformation Island, escapes her Venus Girdle with a special key of her devising, liberates the rest of the prisoners, and takes Paradise Island by force.  Then she sentences Wonder Woman and Queen Hippolyta to the Island of Four Dooms.

Wonder Woman No. 208
October-November 1973
Cover: Knight of Chequerania swinging axe toward Wonder Woman on chessboard  //Ric Estrada / Vince Colletta
Story: “The Titanic Trials” (10 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ric Estrada
Inker: Vince Colletta
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyta
Cameo appearance: Steve Trevor (appears as an illusion)
Villains: Inventa, Torcha, and other prisoners (last appearance for all)
Comments: This is an Earth-One version of a story which involved the Earth-Two Wonder Woman and appeared in issue #33.
 This story continues from last issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman must run the gauntlet of four dooms in order to save herself and her mother.

Story: “Chessmen of Death” (10 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ric Estrada
Inker: Vince Colletta
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Queen Hippolyta
Cameo: Steve Trevor (appears as an illusion)
Villains: King and Knight of Chequerana (first appearance for both; both probably destroyed in this story)
Comment: This is an Earth-One version of a story that involved the Earth-Two Wonder Woman and appeared in issue #55.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman must face two cosmic chessplayers whose “game” is wrecking Earth.

Wonder Woman No. 209
December 1973-January 1974
Cover: Wonder Girl defending Queen Hippolyta from Sky Rider’s hand and knife //Ric Estrada / Vince Colletta
Story: “The Planet of Plunder” (10 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ric Estrada
Inker: Vince Colletta
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in SUPERMAN’S GIRL FRIEND, LOIS LANE #136)
Intro: Balla (an Amazon), Una (only appearance for both)
Villain:  Solo, Neptunians (first and only appearance for all)
Comment: This is an Earth-One version of a story that involved the Earth-Two Wonder Woman and appeared in issue #31.
 Shortly after this story, Wonder Woman helps Superman and Lois Lane battle The Revenger in SUPERMAN’S GIRL FRIEND, LOIS LANE #136.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman must rescue the women of an underwater city from Solo and his Neptunian army.

Story: “Attack of the Sky Demons” (10 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ric Estrada
Inker: Vince Colletta
Feature Character: Wonder Girl (at age 7; last chronological appearance in flashback in issue #206; next chronological appearance in issue #105)
Supporting Character: Queen Hippolyta
Villains: Sky Riders of Nebulosta (first and only appearance)
Comment: This is an Earth-One version of a story that involved the Earth-Two Princess Diana and appeared in issue #23.
Synopsis: On Princess Diana’s seventh birthday, the Sky Riders of Nebulosta invade Paradise Island, and only the young Wonder Girl can save her mother.

Wonder Woman No. 210
February-March 1974
Cover: Wonder Woman held in pincers by giant hand //Ric Estrada
Story: “The Golden Women and the White Star” (10 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ric Estrada
Inker: Vince Colletta
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in SUPERMAN’S GIRL FRIEND, LOIS LANE #136)
Supporting Characters: Paula, Amazons
Intro: Queen Supreema, Golden Women of the Red Planet (only appearance for all)
Villains: King Crystallar, White Star People (first and only appearance for all)
Comment: This is an Earth-One version of a story that involved the Earth-Two Wonder Woman and appeared in issue #26.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman and her sister Amazons are captured by giant golden women from outer space.

Story: “The Shrinking Formula” (10 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ric Estrada
Inker: Vince Colletta
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyte, Amazons
Intro: Nurka, Dr. Mary Deane, Dr. Grey (only appearance for all)
Villains: Roy, various dictators (first and only appearance for all)
Comment: This is an Earth-One version of a story that involved the Earth-Two Wonder Woman and appeared in issue #31.
Synopsis: When Wonder Woman tries to stop an evil scientist from auctioning off a shrinking formula to the highest bidder, she is shrunken to miniature size herself.
 

Wonder Woman No. 211
April-May 1974
Cover: Superman staring at skinny and fat Wonder Women; Wonder Woman and Amazons pulling chariot; Wonder Woman roping whale; Wonder Tot and Mr. Genie; Wonder Girl vignette (five vignettes) //Nick Cardy
Story: “The Maniacs of Mercury” (10 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ric Estrada
Inker: Vince Colletta
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Villains: King Celerito and Mercurian men (first and only appearance for all)
Intro: Mercurian women (first and only appearance for all)
Comment: This is an Earth-One version of a story that involved the Earth-Two Wonder Woman and appeared in issue #26.
Synopsis: When a space mission in Wonder Woman’s robot plane goes awry, the heroine saves herself and two sister Amazons from falling into the sun by diverting their course to land them on Mercury.  There they become prisoners of the giant Mercurian males, led by King Celerito, who have enslaved all their women.  Wonder Woman breaks free, encircles Celerito with her magic lasso, and orders him to release her sister Amazons and the Mercurian women.  The ladies of Mercury give Celerito and other males a taste of menial work, but Wonder Woman tells them to live with them in love and peace and equality shortly afterward.  Then she and the two Amazons return to Earth.

Story: “The Mystery of the Atom World” (10 pages)
Editor, writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Ric Estrada
Inker: Vince Colletta
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyte, Paula
Villain: Queen Atomia (first and only appearance)
Comment: This is an Earth-One version of a story which involved the Earth-Two Wonder Woman and appeared in issue #21.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman discovers a miniature sun in the crater of an atomic bomb test and recovers it for study in Paradise Island.  The Amazons discover that an atom of uranium from the sun is really a miniature planet, controlled by female “protons” led by Queen Atomia, who have enslaved the male “neutrons”.  Atomia directs the atom-world into a beaker of water in the Amazons’ laboratory, creating a vapor that kayoes the Amazons and shrinks them into “protons”.  She binds the Amazons and has them taken prisoners, telling Wonder Woman she intends to enslave her and use her to master the Earth.  Wonder Woman uses a telepathic command to have the “neutrons” free her, after which she frees the other Amazons, enlarges them and herself, and returns with them to Paradise Island.

Story: “The Origin of the Amazon Plane” (from WONDER WOMAN #80)

Story: “Wonder Woman, Amazon Teen-Ager” (from WONDER WOMAN #107)

Story: “The Winning of Wonder Woman’s Tiara” (from WONDER WOMAN #75)

Story: “Wonder Tot and Mister Genie” (from WONDER WOMAN #126)

Story: “The Secret of Wonder Woman’s Sandals” (from WONDER WOMAN #72)

Story: “The Mirage Mirrors” (from WONDER WOMAN #130)

Wonder Woman No. 212
June-July 1974
Cover: Wonder Woman, Batman, Superman, Flash, and Green Lantern; Superman vignette //Bob Oskner
Story: “The Man Who Mastered Women” (20 pages)
Editor: Julius Schwartz
Writer: Len Wein
Penciller: Curt Swan
Inker: Tex Blaisdell
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
GS: Superman (last appearance in SUPERMAN #276; next appears in ACTION COMICS #436), Batman (last appearance in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #113; next appears in DETECTIVE COMICS #441), Flash (between FLASH #227 / 228), Green Lantern (between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #110 / 111; the Justice League of America; appear between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #110 / 111)
Supporting Characters: Morgan Tracy, Queen Hippolyte
Cameo: I-Ching, Steve Trevor (flashbacks)
Villain: The Cavalier (of Earth-One; first appearance; next appears in BATMAN FAMILY #10)
Intro: Indira Gamal (only appearance)
Comment: This is the first of a series of stories which ends in issue #222, and which might be called “The Twelve Labors of Wonder Woman”.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman helps rescue Indira Gamal, Prime Minister of Pamanasia, from female assassins at a ceremony near the U.N. Building being covered by Clark Kent.  Later, she switches to Diana Prince and has to save Morgan Tracy from another female killer.  In return, Tracy offers Diana a job as his assistant.  But when Clark secretly quizzes Diana about when her powers returned, she has no idea that she ever lost them, and does not know that she ever went on leave of abscence from the Justice League.  He tells her to come to JLA Headquarters for the team to help solve the mystery.   She uses her magic lasso to change identities, a costume-change devised by Amazon scientists, and goes to the site of the deserted Secret Sanctuary.  Superman deduces where she has gone, picks her up, and gets her to the JLA satellite.
 Once there, Superman, Batman, Flash, and Green Lantern confirm that she has no memory of her powerless period, and she wishes to retrieve her lost memories.  The heroes wish her to return to the Justice League, but Wonder Woman fears she might have another memory-loss while in action and thus jeopardize her teammates.  Then, inspired by Hercules’s Twelve Labors, she declares that she will rejoin the League if she can perform twelve assignments successfully. She orders the JLA members to individually monitor each of her next twelve cases, and, if she is judged worthy, she will return.  They agree.
 Wonder Woman goes to Paradise Island, where she confronts her mother about her memory loss.  Queen Hippolyte says that they could not restore her memories of her non-powered life, because their records of that time of her existence were incomplete, and they could not give her “half-memories”.  When Wonder Woman asks what became of Steve Trevor, Hippolyte reveals that the “Steve Trevor” she has known for the past few weeks was a “mentally-induced substitute designed to maintain your psychological stability”, and that the real Steve Trevor is dead.  Wonder Woman weeps, and then leaves Paradise Island.
 Diana takes the job with the U.N.’s Crisis Bureau, and then learns that the culprit behind the attacks on Ms. Gamal is The Cavalier, who hopes to control her and thus control her country.  Wonder Woman defeats the villain.  Superman, who has been monitoring her, makes his report to his fellow Leaguers, and then chooses The Flash as the next monitor member.

Wonder Woman No. 213
August-September 1974
Cover: Wonder Woman held back by people as robot lifts a house; Flash vignette //Bob Oskner
Story: “The War-No-More Machine” (20 pages)
Editor: Julius Schwartz
Penciller: Irv Novick
Inker: Tex Blaisdell
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
GS: The Flash
Supporting Characters: Morgan Tracy, Queen Hippolyta
Intro: Angie Blake, Dr. Hans Krissen
Villain: An alien robot (first appearance; destroyed in this story), Marty Tragg (first and only appearance)
Comment: This is the second of the Twelve Labors of Wonder Woman.
Synopsis: A giant robot from outer space robs human beings of their aggressive abilities, and only Wonder Woman and two others acting together can restore them.

Wonder Woman No. 214
September-October 1974
Cover: Green Lantern, Wonder woman lassoing airplane; Wonder Woman before her Wanted poster; Wonder Woman vs. dragon (three vignettes) //Bob Oskner
Story: “Wish Upon a Star” (20 pages)
Editor: Julius Schwartz
Writer: Elliot S! Maggin
Penciller: Curt Swan
Inker: Phil Zupa
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
GS: Green Lantern (between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #113 / 114)
GA: Steve Lombard
Intro: Henry Tudor, Lord Rosewater, Eugene, Harv (only appearance for all), Secretary-General of the United Nations
Comment: This is the third of the Twelve Labors of Wonder Woman.
Synopsis: When restaraunteur Henry Tudor learns that the star-shaped Celtic Amulet he wears can make wishes come true when Diana Prince, who wears a similar amulet, makes a wish, he tests it by wishing to become king of the world.  The amulet’s power causes a U.S. bomber to head for Moscow, with orders to nuke the Russian capital.  A world war can only result from this, and Tudor finds himself accidentally locked in a bank vault that will protect him from the holocaust, leaving him as one of the few people to survive it, and thus rule it.  Green Lantern’s ring is bollixed by the magic, but Diana Prince becomes Wonder Woman, snags the bombs in her lasso, and muffles their explosion with its magic power.  Afterward, GL’s ring functions normally and he breaks Tudor out of the bank vault, having learned of his predicament in the course of the adventure.  Green Lantern files his report of the case with the JLA, reccommending that Wonder Woman be reinstated.

Story: “Wanted--Wonder Woman” (from WONDER WOMAN #108)

Story: “The Terror Trees of Forbidden Island” (from WONDER WOMAN #143)

Story: “The Invisible Wonder Girl” (from WONDER WOMAN #106)

Story: “The Masquerader” (from SENSATION COMICS #26)

Story: “Revolt of Wonder Woman” (from WONDER WOMAN #144)

Wonder Woman No. 215
December 1974-January 1975
Cover: Mars vs. Aquaman and Wonder Woman; Aquaman vignette //Bob Oskner
Story: “Amazon Attack Against Atlantis” (20 pages)
Editor: Julius Schwartz
Writer: Cary Bates
Penciller: John Rosenberger
Inker: Vince Colletta
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
GS: Aquaman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #114; next appears in ACTION COMICS #443), Batman (last appearance in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #226; next appears in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #116), Black Canary (between ACTION COMICS #441 / 443), Green Arrow (last appearance in BATMAN #260; next appears in ACTION COMICS #443), Elongated Man (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #114; next appears in DETECTIVE COMICS #444; all appear as the Justice League of America), Atlanteans
Supporting Characters: Morgan Tracy, Hera (last appearance in SEA DEVILS #14; last appearance), Queen Hippolyte, Amazons
Villain: Mars (between issues #206 / 226)
Comment: This is the fourth of the Twelve Labors of Wonder Woman.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman and Aquaman strive to keep Mars from making the Amazons and Atlanteans go to war on each other.

Wonder Woman No. 216
February-March 1975
Cover: Wonder Woman, Queen Hippolyte, and Amazons keeping Diogenes Diamondopoulous from reaching Paradise Island; Black Canary vignette //Nick Cardy
Story: “Paradise In Peril” (20 pages)
Editor: Julius Schwartz
Writer: Elliot S! Maggin
Penciller: John Rosenberger
Inker: Vince Colletta
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
GS: Black Canary (between ACTION COMICS #443 / 444), Batman (last appearance in SUPERMAN #285; next appears in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #118)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyta (origin details revealed in flashback), Amazons, Aphrodite (in flashback)
Intro: Artemis (an Amazon; only appearance)
Villains: Diogenes Diamondopoulos, Peter and other hirelings,  Jerry and his partner (first and only appearance for all)
Comment: This is the fifth of the Twelve Labors of Wonder Woman.
 This story asserts that Amazons are under a spell that makes them fall in love with a man who stands on Paradise Island and fight each other over him, and that this is how their nation would die if Aphrodite’s Law were violated.  However, this is a questionable assertion at best.
Synopsis: Black Canary monitors Wonder Woman as she seeks to keep a Greek tycoon from finding out what would happen if a man sat foot on Paradise Island, breaking Aphrodite’s Law.

Wonder Woman No. 217
April-May 1975
Cover: Green Arrow; Duke of Deception pressing Wonder Woman into a bowl of water; Wonder Woman vs. pteranodon; Wonder Woman and Diana Prince (four vignettes) //Mike Grell
Story: “The Day Time Broke Loose” (20 pages)
Editor: Julius Schwartz
Writer: Elliot S! Maggin
Penciller: Dick Dillin
Inker: Vince Colletta
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
GS: Green Arrow (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #117), Batman
Supporting Characters: Morgan Tracy, Secretary-General of the United Nations
Villain: Duke of Deception (last appearance in issue #148; next appears in issue #254)
Comment: This is the sixth of the Twelve Labors of Wonder Woman.
Synopsis: Green Arrow is the latest Justice League monitor over Wonder Woman, and he trails her in the U.N. Building as Oliver Queen only to see her meeting with--Green Arrow!  The phony GA is really the Duke of Deception, who confuses Diana by referring to her as Supergirl and then leaving.  All over the building, delegates and officials are confused by Deception’s illusions.  Wonder Woman finds the Duke and attempts to lasso him, only to learn that the “Duke” she roped is an illusion and the real Deception now has her pent in the magic lasso.  However, Wonder Woman penetrates Deception’s illusions, breaks free, makes the Duke unsure of himself, and topples his power.  Trapping him with the magic lasso, Wonder Woman makes him confess that he hoped to drive the U.N. delegates mad and plunge the world into war, thus making Mars, god of War, bow to him.  Green Arrow, however, has been affected by the Duke’s deceptions, and requires some hypnosis by Batman to set him straight.

Story: [“The Return of Diana Prince”] (from SENSATION COMICS #9)

Story: “Fun House of Time” (from WONDER WOMAN #101)

Wonder Woman No. 218
June-July 1975
Cover: Statue of Liberty vs. Wonder Woman; Phantom Stranger and Red Tornado vignette //Bob Oskner / Nick Cardy
Story: “Revolt of the Wonder Weapons” (10 pages)
Editor: Julius Schwartz
Writer: Martin Pasko
Artist: Kurt Schaffenberger
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
GS: Red Tornado (between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #117 / 118)
Supporting Character: Queen Hippolyte
Villain: Damon Celestris (first and only appearance)
Comment: This is the seventh of the Twelve Labors of Wonder Woman.
Synopsis: A phony astrologer taps Wonder Woman’s mental power to make her equipment go awry every time she uses it.

Story: “Give Her Liberty--and Give Her Death” (8 pages)
Editor: Julius Schwartz
Writers: David Michelinie, Martin Pasko
Artist: Kurt Schaffenberger
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
GS: Phantom Stranger (between PHANTOM STRANGER #37 / 38), Batman (last appearance in BATMAN #264; next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #118), Flash (last appearance in THE FLASH #234; next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #118), Green Arrow (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #120), Hawkman (between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #117 / 118), Superman (last appearance in SUPERMAN #288; next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #118; all appear as the Justice League of America)
Villains: Felix Faust (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #103; next appears in DC SUPER-STARS #10), two demons (first and only appearance)
Comment: This is the eighth of the Twelve Labors of Wonder Woman.
Synopsis: Felix Faust animates the Statue of Liberty and uses it as a weapon against Wonder Woman.

Wonder Woman No. 219
August-September 1975
Cover: Bound Wonder Woman before firing squad of crooks; Elongated Man vignette //Dick Giordano
Story: “World of Enslaved Women” (18 pages)
Editor: Julius Schwartz
Writer: Martin Pasko
Penciller: Curt Swan
Inker: Vince Colletta
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
GS: Elongated Man (last appearance in SUPERMAN FAMILY #171; next appears in DETECTIVE COMICS #449), Superman (last appearance in SUPERMAN FAMILY #171; next appears in SUPERMAN #289), Atom (last appearance in ACTION COMICS #448; next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #120), Flash (last appearance in SUPERMAN FAMILY #171; next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #120), Green Arrow (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #120), Hawkman (between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #119 / 121; all appear as the Justice League of America, between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #119 / 120)
Supporting Characters: Morgan Tracy, Sue Dibny (between DETECTIVE COMICS #444 / 449)
Intro: Bonita Doolin, Minna Golden, Betty Jo Kane, Willy Wrigley, Margaret Matthews, Stnm and other Xroians (only appearance for all), Fron (dies in this story)
Villain: Mchsm (first appearance; dies in this story)
Comment: This is the ninth of the Twelve Labors of Wonder Woman.
 This story takes place during the “Bat-Murderer” Batman storyline in DETECTIVE COMICS #444-448.
Synopsis: The ruler of a male-dominated world in another dimension kidnaps feminist leaders from Earth through a beauty parlor facade and subjects them to brainwashing, until Wonder Woman discovers the plot.

Wonder Woman No. 220
October-November 1975
Cover: Wonder Woman trapped by Chronos; Atom vignette //Dick Giordano
Story: “The Man Who Wiped Out Time” (18 pages)
Editor: Julius Schwartz
Writer: Martin Pasko
Artist: Dick Giordano
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
GS: Atom, Superman (last appearance for both in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #236), Elongated Man (last appearance in DETECTIVE COMICS #457), Flash (last appearance in SUPER-TEAM FAMILY #3), Green Arrow, Hawkman, Red Tornado (last appearance for all in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #127; all appear as the Justice League of America)
Supporting Character: Morgan Tracy
Intro: A duplicate Wonder Woman
Villain: Chronos (last appearance in ACTION COMICS #443; next appears in DC SUPER-STARS #10)
Comment: This is the tenth of the Twelve Labors of Wonder Woman.
 This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: The Atom monitors Wonder Woman’s battle against Chronos, who temporarily wipes out all time-perception in Manhattan.  But after the Atom’s report, Hawkman appears with a report of another Wonder Woman’s activity in a different locale at the same period.

Wonder Woman No. 221
December 1975-January 1976
Cover: Hawkman; Wonder Woman tied in front of mirror by Dr. Cyber, holding scalpel (two vignettes) //Ernie Chan
Story: “The Fiend With the Face of Glass” (18 pages)
Editor: Julius Schwartz
Writer: Marty Pasko
Penciller: Curt Swan
Inker: Vince Colletta
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
GS: Atom, Flash, Green Arrow, Hawkman, Superman, Batman (last appearance in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #126; all appear as the Justice League of America)
Intro: Marjorie Salinger, Dr. Gustav Renault, Princess Elaa (all die in this story)
Villains: Dr. Cyber (between issues #200 / 287), Dr. Moon (last appearance in issue #200; next appears in RICHARD DRAGON, KUNG FU FIGHTER #7)
Comments: This is the eleventh of the Twelve Labors of Wonder Woman.
 The statement that Batman has just finished the “Bat-Murderer” case is inaccurate.
 This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Hawkman, making his report to the Justice League, asserts that there are two Wonder Woman, since he observed a case involving one Wonder Woman at the same time The Atom was monitoring another Wonder Woman.  In the adventure recounted by Hawkman, Diana Prince consulted Princess Elaa of Khimyo about a psycho-chemical developed by her nation and locked in her briefcase, with the power to change an enemy’s personality.  Later, Diana caught sight of Elaa among other women at a talk given by Dr. Gustav Renault, offering an experimental super-facelift cream.  Still later, Diana witnessed a female associate of hers being abducted, changed into Wonder Woman, and soon found herself trapped by Dr. Cyber.  Cyber, who had been conspiring with Elaa for the psycho-chemical, killed the princess.  The villainess later doses Wonder Woman with the chemical, turning her into a raging, potential murderess.  She tells the Amazon that, since Wonder Woman wiped out a data bank containing a formula that could have reconstructed Cyber’s ruined face, she wishes revenge on Wonder Woman.   Professor Moon attempts to perform surgery on Wonder Woman to graft her face onto Cyber’s, but the heroine recovers her strength and breaks loose.  Both Wonder Woman and Cyber end up battling on a ski lift over a mountain, with Cyber falling, apparently to her death.  The scene causes Wonder Woman to shake off the effects of the psycho-chemical, but she is too late to save Cyber.
 In the present, Hawkman casts his vote to readmit Wonder Woman to the Justice League.  The Atom still wonders how two Wonder Women can exist simultaneously.  Batman enters, and says that he has the answer to the mystery.

Wonder Woman No. 222
February-March 1976
Cover: Batman; Wonder Woman vs. duplicate Wonder Woman //Ernie Chan
Story: “Will the Real Wonder Woman Please Drop Dead” (18 pages)
Editor: Julius Schwartz
Writer: Marty Pasko
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Tex Blaisdell
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #128; rejoins the Justice League of America in this story)
GS: Green Lantern (between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #127 / 128), Phantom Stranger (last appearance in PHANTOM STRANGER #41; next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #139), Atom, Batman, Black Canary, Elongated Man, Flash, Green Arrow, Green Lantern, Hawkman, Red Tornado, Superman (the Justice League of America; all next appear in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #128), the duplicate Wonder Woman (dies in this story)
Supporting character: Morgan Tracy
Villain: Duplicate Wade Dazzle (first appearance; dies in this story)
Intro: Wade Dazzle (dies before this story begins)
Comment: This is the twelfth of the Twelve Labors of Wonder Woman.
 This story continues in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #128-129, in which Wonder Woman helps the Justice League battle Nekron.
Synopsis: Batman reveals that the Wonder Woman that the Atom saw was a duplicate of the real Amazon Princess.  He goes on to relate the case that he monitored: Diana Prince encountered her duplicate outside of the United Nations and had a battle with her, both of them switching to their Wonder Woman identities.  The real Wonder Woman found herself aboard a remote-controlled plane taking her to Dazzleland, the theme park created by children’s writer Wade Dazzle.  However, Dazzle has been dead and in deep-freeze for some time, while his duplicate, created of bio-energies sapped from the visitors to Dazzleland, ran the park and created the duplicate of Wonder Woman.  Since Wonder Woman is an Amazon, the duplicate Dazzle feels that her immortal bio-energy cannot be depleted, and she can keep the original Wade Dazzle alive forever.  Wonder Woman breaks free of the double-Dazzle’s trap and fights off her duplicate.  Both the duplicate Dazzle and Wonder Woman die in an acid bath triggered by the villain.  Wonder Woman meets with Batman just after the battle.  The Caped Crusader confirms that the original Wade Dazzle is really dead.  Wonder Woman feels that, since her duplicate was the one to defeat Chronos, she has only performed 11 labors.  Batman disagrees, and later tells the JLA that the duplicate’s battle against Chronos should be counted as a legitimate labor.  The League members vote unanimously to restore Wonder Woman to full membership in the team.

Wonder Woman No. 223
April-May 1976
Cover: Aphrodite and Amazons trying to stop Wonder Woman from unmasking Steve Trevor //Ernie Chan
Story: “Welcome Back to Life, Steve Trevor” (18 pages)
Editor: Julius Schwartz
Writer: Martin Pasko
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Tex Blaisdell
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #129; origin retold)
GS: Atom (last appearance in SUPERMAN #302; next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #131), Batman (last appearance in BATMAN #275; next appears in DETECTIVE COMICS #459), Black Canary (last appearance in ACTION COMICS #458; next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #132), Flash (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #129; next appears in THE FLASH #241), Green Lantern (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #129; next appears in THE JOKER #7), Green Arrow (last appearance in GREEN LANTERN #90; next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #132; all appear as the Justice League of America, between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #129 / 131)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor (origin retold; last appearance in issue #180; reanimated by being infused with the spirit of Eros, as revealed in issue #322), Aphrodite, Queen Hippolyta (origin retold)
Cameo appearance: Superman, Hercules, Mala, I-Ching (in flashback)
Synopsis: Queen Hippolyta has Aphrodite bring Steve Trevor back to life as a test of Wonder Woman’s skills and wisdom.  After Wonder Woman passes the test, she begs Aphrodite to allow Steve to remain among the living, and the goddess consents.

Wonder Woman No. 224
June-July 1976
Cover: Wonder Woman held prisoner by Queen Hippolyta and Amazons //Ernie Chan (signed)
Story: “Wonder Woman Vs. The United States” (17 pages)
Editor: Julius Schwartz
Writer: Martin Pasko
Penciller: Curt Swan
Inker: Vince Colletta
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
GS: Lois Lane (last appearance in SUPERMAN #299; next appears in SUPERMAN FAMILY #178)
GA: President Gerald Ford
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyta, Steve Trevor
Villains: Panthea, American Patriots’ League (first and only appearance for all), Ismene (dies in this story)
Comment: Paradise Island is revealed to be in the Bermuda Triangle in this story.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman is falsely imprisoned in the United States as part of a renegade Amazon’s plot to take over Paradise Island.

Wonder Woman No. 225
August-September 1976
Cover: Wonder Woman lassoing black lightning bolt //Ernie Chan (signed)
Story: “Maximus, Emperor of Hollow Mountain” (17 pages)
Editor: Julius Schwartz
Writer: Elliot S! Maggin
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Vince Colletta
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #132)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor (becomes Steve Howard in this story and joins SOS), Morgan Tracy (next appears in FREEDOM FIGHTERS #4)
Intro:  Sullivan (only appearance), Spy-On-Spy
Villain: Maximus, Pseudo-Maximuses (androids; first and only appearance for all)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman joins the Justice League and Supergirl to fight Sonar, the Queen Bee, and Despero in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #132-134, then teams up with the Freedom Fighters to battle King Samson and the Silver Ghost in FREEDOM FIGHTERS #4-5.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman is kidnapped by a tycoon villain who wishes to extract her charisma and inject it into himself and his android duplicates.

Wonder Woman No. 226
October-November 1976
Cover: Hephaestus vs. Wonder Woman //Ernie Chan / Vince Colletta
Story: “A Life In Flames” (1 page)
 Prologue (2 pages)
 Chapter 1: “Steve Trevor Is Dead and Well and Is Living In New York” (3 pages)
 Chapter 2: “He Who Shines By Day, Kills By Night” (6 pages)
Editor: Julius Schwartz
Writer: Martin Pasko
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Vince Colletta
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #134)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor (as Steve Howard), Queen Hippolyta
Intro: Julie Gabriel, Sy Lewis, Stanley Kurland (only appearance)
Villains: Mars (last appearance in issue #215; next appears in issue #254), Hephaestus, Hesione and other golden robots (first appearance for all)
Comments: This story continues in next issue.
 The Wonder Woman-Batman team-up in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #131, which was published around this time, probably takes place on Earth-B and is thus not accepted here as part of the canonical chronology.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman faces the threat of Hephaestus, god of fire, who menaces her and singer / actress Julie Gabriel with golden female robots and fire that feeds on emotion.

Wonder Woman No. 227
December 1976-January 1977
Cover: Hephaestus fighting Wonder Woman as Julie Gabriel sings //Ernie Chan / Vince Colletta (signed)
Story: “My World...In Ashes” (17 pages)
Editor: Julius Schwartz
Writer: Martin Parko
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Vince Colletta
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor (as Steve Howard; next appears in issue #244)
Other Characters: Julie Gabriel (dies in this story), Hesione (not a villainess in this story), Sy Lewis (last appearance for both)
Cameo appearance: Mars
Villain: Hephaestus (last appearance)
Comment: This story continues from last issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman continues her battle with Hephaestus, while Julie Gabriel sings a song that may cause her death in flames.

Wonder Woman No. 228
February 1977
Cover: Earth-One Wonder Woman, Earth-Two Wonder Woman, and Red Panzer //Ernie Chan / Vince Colletta
Story: “Retreat To Tomorrow” (17 pages)
Editor: Denny O’Neil
Writer: Martin Pasko
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Vince Colletta
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in DC SUPER-STARS #10)
GS: Wonder Woman of Earth-Two (last chronological appearance in ?)
Villain: The Red Panzer (Helmut Streicher; first appearance; last chronological appearance in DC SPECIAL #29)
Cameo: Flash, Green Lantern, Green Arrow, Dr. Fate, Flash of Earth-Two, Green Lantern of Earth-Two
Comment: After this issue, WONDER WOMAN features the adventures of the Wonder Woman of Earth-Two during World War II through issue #242, with both Wonder Women featured again in issue #243.
 Shortly after this story, Wonder Woman rejoins the Justice League to play a strange baseball game with super-villains in DC SUPER-STARS #10, helps the JLA and Adam Strange fight Kanjar Ro in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #138-139, and helps the Justice League battle Captain Cold, Minister Blizzard, and other villains in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #139, the Manhunters in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #140-141, and the Construct in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #142-143.  She appears briefly with the Justice League in Superman’s and Batman’s battle with the Parasite in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #246, then helps the Justice League initiate Hawkgirl and battle Count Crystal in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #145,  the Construct in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #146, the Parasite in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #246,  the Key in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #150, the Secret Society of Super-Villains in DC SPECIAL SERIES #6 / SUPER-TEAM FAMILY #14, Amazo in ACTION COMICS #480-483, and Amos Fortune in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #151.  Then Diana Prince helps the Metal Men in METAL MEN #56, then (as Wonder Woman) teams with Batman against Dimitrios in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #140, and afterwards helps the Justice League combat Ultraa in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #153 and Amazo in ACTION COMICS #480, 481, 483.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman finds herself  yanked into Earth-Two during 1943 by the Red Panzer, a Nazi villain who has foreseen the future on a time-scanner and wishes to change the future so that the Third Reich will win World War II.  However, the Panzer overshot his mark and returned to his normal era and Earth, and is confident that the Wonder Woman of his Earth and the Wonder Woman of Earth-One will cancel out each other’s existence.  Wonder Woman does meet and battle her Earth-Two counterpart before the latter learns the truth about the two Earths from the Earth-One Amazon.  The Wonder Women break into the Panzer’s laboratory and send the Earth-One heroine back to her proper time and Earth with his time-travel device, and the Earth-Two Wonder Woman stays behind to battle the Red Panzer.

Wonder Woman No. 243
May 1978
Cover: Angle Man vs. Wonder Woman of Earth-Two and Wonder Woman of Earth-One //Jose Delbo / Vince Colletta
Story: “The Five-Sided Square” (17 pages)
Editor: Larry Hama
Writer: Jack C. Harris
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Frank Chiaramonte
Letterer: Clem Robins
Colorist: “D. R. Martin”
Feature Character: Wonder Woman of Earth-Two (next chronological appearance in ?)
GS: Wonder Woman (last appearance in ACTION COMICS #483), Green Lantern, Flash, Hawkman, Spectre, Dr. Mid-Nite, Wildcat (the Justice Society of America; between ALL-STAR COMICS #27 / 28)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor and Etta Candy of Earth-Two (next chronological appearances in ?)
Villain: Angle Man (last appearance in DC SPECIAL SERIES #6; next appears in issue #254)
Cameo appearances: Flash, Green Lantern (of Earth-One), Red Panzer
Comment: After this issue, the Wonder Woman of Earth-One returns to her own comic.
Synopsis: Angle Man, escaping from 1978 (in which he was defeated by the Justice League) into the past, miscalculates the use of his Angler and appears in 1945 on Earth-Two, and soon finds himself battling the Wonder Woman of that Earth.  When he attempts to use the Angler to return to his normal Earth and time, he instead snatches the Wonder Woman of Earth-One to Earth-Two in 1945.  The Wonder Women team up and eventually defeat Angle Man.  Then Wonder Woman of Earth-One uses her magic lasso to cause her counterpart, Etta Candy, and Steve Trevor (who have also witnessed the event) to forget their knowledge of the future, her existence, and Earth-One.  Finally, Wonder Woman uses the Angler to return herself and Angle Man to Earth-One in 1978, and uses the Justice League transporter to send him back to prison.

Wonder Woman No. 244
June 1978
Cover: Wonder Woman on Robot Plane, trying to stop bomb from hitting White House //Rich Buckler / Vince Colletta (signed)
Story: “The Terrorist Dooms” (17 pages)
Editor: Larry Hama
Writer: Jack C. Harris
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Joe Giella
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Steve Howard (last appearance in issue #227)
Intro:  Lt. Truman
Villains: SCYTHE, Alexander Sorkhan, Dr. Selkirk, Maj. Bradley (first appearance for all), Rennick (first and only appearance)
Synopsis: Wonder Woman battles SCYTHE, a terrorist organization seeking to force America to free its captive leader.

Wonder Woman No. 245
July 1978
Cover: Wonder Woman and Steve Howard  //Joe Staton / Frank Giacoia
Story: “Vengeance--From Ice to Fire” (17 pages)
Editor: Larry Hama
Writer: Jack C. Harris
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Vince Colletta
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #155)
Supporting Character: Steve Howard
Intro: Prof. Motta (only appearance)
Other Character:  Lt. Truman
Villains: SCYTHE, Alexander Sorkhan (last appearance for all), Dr. Selkirk (dies in this story), Maj. Bradley
Comment: This story continues from last issue.
 Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League fight the Regnans in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #155 and the gods of Oceania in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #156.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman and Steve Howard try to counter SCYTHE’s attempts to terrorize the world with a weather-control satellite.

Wonder Woman No. 246
August 1978
Cover: Demon stealing tiara from sleeping Wonder Woman //Joe Staton / Dick Giordano (signed)
Story: “Darkness, Darkness--Everywhere” (17 pages)
Editor: Larry Hama
Writer: Jack C. Harris
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Vince Colletta
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #156 / 157)
Supporting Character: Steve Howard (next appears in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #251)
Intro: Mrs. Kravitz, Abner (only appearance for both; both next appear in issue #251)
Villains: Demons (first and only appearance)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman attends the wedding of the Atom and helps the Justice League and Supergirl fight Mauri in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #157, then helps Superman preserve his secret identity in SUPERMAN #326.
Synopsis: An old woman’s experimentation in magic leads to a demoness stealing Wonder Woman’s tiara and threatening the populance of Diana Prince’s apartment building.

World’s Finest Comics No. 251
June-July 1978
Story: “A Kiss of Death Times Three”
 Chapter 1: “A Poison Named Ivy” (5 pages)
 Chapter 2: “Limbs of a Killer” (5 pages)
 Chapter 3: “Herb Today, Gone Tomorrow” (5 pages)
Editor: Jack C. Harris
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Ric Estrada
Inker: Jack Abel
Letterer: Jean Simek
Colorist: Mario Sen
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in SUPERMAN #326)
Supporting Character: Steve Howard (last appearance in WONDER WOMAN #246)
Villains: Poison Ivy (last appearance in BATMAN FAMILY #17) and her gang (including Sumac and Buckeye),  an ambassador (first appearance for all), Redwood (Prof. Marc Legrand; first appearance; last chronological appearance in flashback in next issue)
Intro: Four ambassadors (all die in this story)
Cameo: Batman
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Poison Ivy, in civilian guise, seduces three ambassadors to the United Nations and murders them all with poisoned plants.  Diana Prince investigates, becomes Wonder Woman when she and Steve Howard stumble upon the body of the third ambassador, and encounters Redwood, a gigantic wooden being in Ivy’s thrall, who defeats her in battle.  Later, she trails Poison Ivy to her hideout at the Bronx Botanical Gardens.  Wonder Woman fights and literally disarms Redwood, but Poison Ivy knocks her out with gas.  When she revives, she hears Ivy telling an ambassador that she has fulfilled her half of the bargain, and that he owes her the cupid’s root herb which grows in his country, from which she will make a mind-controlling drug that will enable her to make Batman love her.  Wonder Woman also hears the villainess saying she has taken steps to ensure Steve Howard’s death.  At that, the heroine breaks out and heads after Trevor.  Poison Ivy assures the ambassador that when Wonder Woman touches Steve Howard, he will die.

World’s Finest Comics No. 252
August-September 1978
Story: “A Poison of the Heart” (1 page)
 “A Treacherous Rescue” (4 pages)
 “A Poisoned Love” (4 pages)
 “A Silent Revenge” (6 pages)
Editor: Jack C. Harris
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jack Abel
Inker: Vince Colletta
Letterer: Milt Snapinn
Colorist: Izzy Goldstein
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #158)
Supporting Character: Steve Howard (next appears in WONDER WOMAN #247)
Villains: Poison Ivy (origin and true name, Lillian Rose, revealed in flashback, her earliest chronological appearance (next chronological appearance in BATMAN #181); next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #158), Redwood (origin and true name revealed in flashback, his earliest chronological appearance; next chronological appearance in last issue; last appearance), Sumac (last appearance),  the General (first and only appearance)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League and Ultraa fight the Injustice League in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #158.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman reaches Steve Trevor, but learns of her poisoned state when she accidentally brushes against a plant and kills it.  Thus, she refrains from touching him until she can be treated with disinfectant.  An FBI agent tells Wonder Woman and Steve of Poison Ivy’s origin:  she was originally a student named Lillian Rose who fell in love with Prof. Marc Legrand, her botany teacher.  He seduced her into stealing ancient Egyptian herbs from an exhbit for his experiments, and attempted to murder her with herbal poison to cover his tracks afterwards.  But Lillian survived, becoming immune to all poisons in the process.
 Poison Ivy, Redwood, and Sumac gain the Cupid’s root in a central African nation, but Wonder Woman follows them there and confronts them.  Poison Ivy steals Wonder Woman’s magic lasso and encircles her with it, making the Amazon her slave.  But Wonder Woman has deduced that Redwood is really a transformed Marc Legrand, and reveals it to him.  With his returning memories come his returning hatred for Poison Ivy, and Redwood hurls himself and Ivy off a cliff down a waterfall.

Adventure Comics No. 459
September-October 1978
Cover: Green Lantern, Flash, Wonder Woman, Deadman, Elongated Man, Darkseid //Jim Aparo
Story: “The Shark’s Dark Demand” (12 pages)
Editor: Paul Levitz
Writer: Jack C. Harris
Penciller: Jack Abel
Inker: Frank Giacoia
Letterer: Shelly Leferman
Colorist: Gene D’Angelo
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #158; next appears in WONDER WOMAN #247)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyte, Amazons
Villain: The Shark (last appearance in issue #448; next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #162)
Synopsis: On her way to Paradise Island in the Robot Plane, Wonder Woman encounters the Shark, who has reevolved from his shark-state and now wishes to defeat her and make her his mate.  Wonder Woman manages to defeat him and compels him with her magic lasso to return to his shark-state and never again seek to evolve past it.

Wonder Woman No. 247
September 1978
Cover: Wonder Woman trapped in tube by Inversion; Amazons vignette //Rich Buckler / Dick Giordano (signed)
Story: “The Inside-Out Man” (17 pages)
Editor: Larry Hama
Writer: Jack C. Harris
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Joe Giella
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in ADVENTURE COMICS #459)
GS: Elongated Man (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #157; next appears in BATMAN FAMILY #20)
Supporting Character: Steve Howard (last appearance in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #252)
Intro: Philip
Other Character:  Lt. Truman
Villain: Inversion (first appearance), Major Bradley
Comment: This story continues in part in the next issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman fights Inversion, a scientist who accidentally turned himself inside-out during a teleportation experiment...and now wants to do the same to everyone on Earth.

Story: “Burial At Sea” (8 pages)
Editor: Larry Hama
Writer: Bob Toomey
Artists: Maurice Whitman and friends
Letterer: Jean Simek
Colorist: Mario Sen
Feature: Tales of the Amazons
Feature Character: Hippolyta (chronologically before WONDER WOMAN #159)
Supporting Character: Mala (first chronological appearance)
Intro: Diana (an Amazon; dies in this story; returns, as Astarte, in issue #252; revealed as Aphrodite’s sister in issue #253), Althea (an Amazon; next appears in issue #253), a sea serpent
Villains: Hercules and his minions
Comment: This is a Tale of the Amazons, and takes place before Wonder Woman’s birth.
 Story continues in next issue.
Synopsis: Hippolyte and the Amazons reclaim Aphrodite’s girdle from Hercules and break free of slavery, but not before Hercules kills an Amazon named Diana.  After a battle at sea against a giant squid, the Amazons are sent to another universe by a sea serpent who serves Aphrodite.

Wonder Woman No. 248
October 1978
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Dark Commander and Major Bradley; Hippolyta vignette //Jose Luis Garcia-Lopez (signed)
Story: “The Crypt of the Dark Commander” (17 pages)
Editor: Larry Hama
Writer: Jack C. Harris
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Joe Giella
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Mario Sen
Feature Chararcter: Wonder Woman (last appearance in ADVENTURE COMICS #459)
Supporting Characters: Steve Howard (dies again in this story), Queen Hippolyta, Amazons, Morgan Tracy (last appearance in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #140; next appears in ADVENTURE COMICS #459)
Other Characters: Philip, Lt. Truman (last appearance)
Intro: Stacy
Villain: The Dark Commander (first appearance; dies in this story), Inversion (behind the scenes; last appearance), Major Bradley (dies in this story)
Comment: Diana Prince quits her job at the UN in this story.
Synopsis: Steve Howard is kidnapped by agents of Major Bradley, who seeks to use the essence of his restored life to reanimate the corpse of the demonic Dark Commander.

Story: “The Wind Between the Stars” (8 pages)
Editor: Larry Hama
Writer: Bob Toomey
Penciller: Maurice Whitman
Inker: Vince Colletta
Letterer: Milt Snapinn
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature: Tales of the Amazons
Feature Character: Hippolyte
Supporting Characters: Amazons, Mala
Intro: Char (a griffin)
Villain: A giant spider (first appearance; dies in this story)
Comment: This story continues in next issue.
Synopsis: Travelling between the worlds, the shipful of Amazons is trapped by a giant talking spider, but win free with the help of Char, a griffin.

Adventure Comics #460
November-December 1978
Cover: Wonder Woman holding dead Steve Trevor; vignettes of Flash, Deadman, Green Lantern, and Aquaman //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano (signed)
Story: “The Quest For the Stolen Soul” (12 pages)
Editor: Paul Levitz
Writer: Jack C. Harris
Artist: Jack Abel
Letterer: Milt Snapinn
Colorist: Gene D’Angelo
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (between WONDER WOMAN #248 / 249)
Supporting Characters: Morgan Tracy (between WONDER WOMAN #248 / 255), Aphrodite, Steve Trevor (as a corpse and a spirit; last appearance in WONDER WOMAN #249; last appearance)
Villain: Pluto (first and only appearance)
Comment: This story continues between WONDER WOMAN #248 / 249.
Synopsis: Steve Trevor (aka “Steve Howard”) has died, and Wonder Woman asks Aphrodite to bring him back to life again.  She refuses.  Wonder Woman says that she will take matters into her own hands and uses her magic lasso to create a portal into the Land of the Dead, which is ruled by Pluto.  There she battles the minions of the lord of death, and tries to bargain with him, offering her soul for Steve Trevor’s life.  Pluto refuses, and keeps the attacks coming, saying she will eventually weaken and die.  When she eventually refuses to even put up a fight, he angrily says that he cannot bargain with her, as he doesn’t have Trevor’s soul.  Worse, Wonder Woman feels life departing from her body.  At that point, a small spirit which appears to be Steve Trevor’s soul appears and guides Wonder Woman’s essence back to her body.  Once there, Wonder Woman learns from Aphrodite that Zeus has taken Steve’s soul and put it among the stars.  Wonder Woman resigns herself to Steve’s fate, knowing his love will be with her forever.
 
 

Wonder Woman No. 249
November 1978
Cover: Wonder Woman and Hawkgirl targeted by Greg Trevor //Rich Buckler / Dick Giordano
Story: “The Sinister Seeker of Secrets” (17 pages)
Editor: Larry Hama
Writer: Jack C. Harris
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Joe Giella
Letterer: Karin
Colorist: Tatjana Wood
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in ADVENTURE COMICS #460; next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #159)
GS: Hawkgirl (last appearance in DETECTIVE COMICS #479; next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #159)
Other Character: Philip
Villain: Greg Trevor (Steve Trevor’s brother; first and only appearance)
Comment: This story continues from ADVENTURE COMICS #460.
 Shortly after this story, Wonder Woman helps the Justice League, the Justice Society, and five time-lost heroes fight the Lord of Time in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #159-160, then fight the Treasurers in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #210-212.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman and Hawkgirl are contacted after Steve Trevor’s funeral by Greg Trevor, Steve’s brother, who informs them they are targets for a group who wishes to force the Justice League to share their secrets with humanity.

Story: “Patterns In the Dust” (8 pages)
Editor: Larry Hama
Writer: Bob Toomey
Penciller: Maurice Whitman
Inker: Vince Colletta (Sue D. Nym)
Letterer: Clem Robins
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature: Tales of the Amazons
Feature Character: Hippolyte (next chronological appearance in WONDER WOMAN #159, pg. 8, panel 4)
Supporting Characters: Mala (next chronological appearance in WONDER WOMAN #159), Amazons (next chronological appearance in WONDER WOMAN #159, pg. 8, panel 4)
Other Character: Char (last appearance)
Villains: The Nameless God and his servants (first and only appearance for all)
Comment: This story continues from last issue and remains unfinished.
Synopsis: Hippolyte and her Amazons accompany Char to his former kingdom, an island in the sky, and do battle with birdlike beings who serve the “Nameless God”.

Wonder Woman No. 250
December 1978
Cover: Wonder Woman defeated as Queen Hippolyta awards magic lasso and tiara to Orana //Rich Buckler / Dick Giordano (signed)
Story: “Tournament” (17 pages)
Editor: Larry Hama
Writer: Jack C. Harris
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Joe Giella
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Gene D’Angelo
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #212; loses her Wonder Woman title and costume in this story)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyta, Amazons, Neptune, Zeus, other Olympian gods
Intro: Orana (becomes the new Wonder Woman in this story), Sandra
Comment: Story continues in next issue.
Synopsis: An Amazon named Orana demands that a new tournament be held for the right to become Wonder Woman, and competes against Princess Diana.

Wonder Woman No. 251
January 1979
Cover: Ross Andru / Dick Giordano
Story: “The Name Is Wonder Woman” (17 pages)
Editor: Ross Andru
Writer: Jack C. Harris
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Vince Colletta
Letterer: Karisha
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in ACTION COMICS #489; regains her Wonder Woman title and costume in this story)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyta, Amazons
Intro: Mr. Newsome (only appearance), Conrad Starfield
Cameo appearance: Zeus, Olympian gods (in flashback)
Other Characters: Orana (as Wonder Woman; dies in this story), Mrs. Kravitz, Abner (last appearance for both in issue #246)
Villains: Warhead and his gang, Mr. Four (first appearance for all; all die in this story)
Comment: This story continues from last issue.
 This story takes place on October 12th.  Diana Prince begins work for NASA in this story.
 Shortly after this story, Wonder Woman helps the Justice League fight Brainiac in ACTION COMICS #489.
Synopsis: Diana Prince returns to Man’s World and ends up trying to assist the new Wonder Woman in a battle against Warhead, a terrorist, which claims Orana’s life.

Adventure Comics No. 461
January-February 1979
Cover: Flash and Iris West; Dr. Fate, Power Girl, Huntress, and Flash and Green Lantern of Earth-Two; Wonder Girl vs. Wonder Woman; Deadman (vignettes) //Jim Aparo
Story: “School of the Amazoids” (12 pages)
Editor: Paul Levitz
Writer: Jack C. Harris
Artist: Jack Abel
Letterer: Karisha
Colorist: Adrienne Roy
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in ACTION COMICS #489; next appears in WONDER WOMAN #252)
GS: Wonder Girl (last appearance in SHOWCASE #100; next appears in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #149; origin retold in flashback)
Villains: Headmaster Mind (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #?; last appearance; possibly dies in this story), the Amazoids (first and only appearance)
Intro: Webster, Randy Jakes (only appearance for both)
Synopsis: On her way to visit Wonder Girl in San Francisco, Wonder Woman meets and battles three masked, super-powered girls with the abilities of Amazons.  The three “Amazoids” escape, and Wonder Woman becomes Diana Prince and calls on Donna Troy, alias Wonder Girl.  Later, Wonder Woman discovers that the head of Donna’s school is really Headmaster Mind, a super-villain, and that he has been using a device to sap Donna’s Amazon powers and instill them within the bodies of three girls whom he “enticed...with the promise of power!”  Wonder Woman and Wonder Girl are almost defeated by the Amazoids until Diana destroys the power-sapping machine and renders them powerless.  The Headmaster falls into his own machine and is apparently killed in the resulting fire.  Wonder Woman and Wonder Girl rescue the Amazoids, who are now repentant.  Wonder Girl tells them that they can indeed acquire Amazonian powers through training and belief in themselves.  Later, she tells Wonder Woman that she will continue as a super-heroine and search for a role for her civilian identity.

Wonder Woman No. 252
February 1979
Cover: Ross Andru / Dick Giordano
Story: “The Empress of the Silver Snake” (17 pages)
Editor: Ross Andru
Writer: Jack C. Harris
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Joe Giella
Letterer: Milt Snapinn
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in ADVENTURE COMICS #461)
Supporting Characters: Gen. Robert Novack, Stacy Macklin (first appearance for all), Conrad Starfield (next appears in issue #265), Queen Hippolyta, Amazons, Mike Bailey (the Ten of Spades; formerly the Ten of Clubs; last appearance in THE JOKER #5)
Intro: Col. Layton
Villain: Astarte (first appearance; last appearance, as Diana, in issue #247)
Comment: This story continues in next issue.
Synopsis: Just as Diana Prince is accepted for NASA astronaut training, Wonder Woman must battle Astarte, Empress of the Silver Snake.
 

Wonder Woman No. 253
March 1979
Cover: Wonder Woman with sword; Wonder Woman and Amazons vs. Astarte; Wonder Woman vs. crook; Wonder Woman (four vignettes) //Jose Delbo / Dick Giordano
Story: “Spirit of Silver, Soul of Gold” (17 pages)
Editor: Ross Andru
Writer: Jack C. Harris
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Frank Chiaramonte
Letterer: Milt Snapinn
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in ADVENTURE COMICS #462)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyta, Amazons (all next appear in ADVENTURE COMICS #462), Althea (last appearance in issue #247), Gen. Robert Novack, Mike Bailey, Stacey Macklin, Aphrodite, Athena (both next appear in ADVENTURE COMICS #462)
Villain: Astarte (last appearance)
Comment: Story continues from last issue.
 Some parts of this story continue from the Tales of the Amazons series in issues #247-249.
Synopsis: Astarte battles Wonder Woman and the Amazons on the moon, and finally reveals that her body contains the spirit of the dead Amazon Diana, whom Wonder Woman was named for.

Adventure Comics No. 462
March-April 1979
Story: “Voyage of the Sorcerors Lost” (12 pages)
Editor: Ross Andru
Writer: Jack C. Harris
Artist: Jack Abel
Letterer: Milt Snapinn
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (between WONDER WOMAN #253 / 265)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyte, Amazons, Athena, Aphrodite (all between WONDER WOMAN #253 / 254)
GS: Sargon the Sorceror (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #98; next appearance in DC COMICS PRESENTS #26)
GA: Merlin, Cagliostro, Harry Houdini (as ghosts)
Intro: Mike Myers, Jennifer Clark (only appearance for both)
Synopsis: Queen Hippolyte, on Paradise Island, shows Wonder Woman an enchanted ruby and tells how the ghosts of three famous magicians consulted with the godesses Aphrodite and Athena and were persuaded to give it to the Amazons for safekeeping.  But Sargon the Sorceror, sometimes super-hero, sometimes super-villain, wishes to gain the ruby for himself, and manipulates a man and a woman into going towards the island to recover it.  Wonder Woman tries to stall them, but the woman takes the gem and gets it to Sargon, who ends up within the enlarged gem.  Wonder Woman uses her magic lasso to free Sargon from the gem, which explodes.  She reveals that the jewel, a twin of Sargon’s Ruby of Life, was causing his evil ambitions, and he is now free of its influence.

Wonder Woman No. 265
March 1980
Cover: Wonder Woman saving Jensen from pterodactyl; Wonder Girl vignette //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano (signed)
Story: “Land of the Scaled Gods” (12 pages)
Editor: Ross Andru
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Joe Giella
Letterer: Milt Snapinn
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in ADVENTURE COMICS #462)
Supporting Character: Conrad Starsfield (between issues #252 / 254)
Intro: Ellen, Fred (only appearance for both), Jansen, Donald Gregory Lute
Villains: The “scaled gods” (aliens; first appearance)
Comment: This story is presented as an “Untold Tale” of Wonder Woman and continues in the next issue.
 The reference made to an event in issue #257 happening before this story is inaccurate.  By issue #257, Diana Prince had already quit NASA and relocated to New York City.  Furthermore, the space shuttle flight in this story is referred to as the “first real” shuttle flight, which would put it ahead of issue #254, when another shuttle flight is made.  Finally, Wonder Woman says she just got back from visiting her mother, which happened in ADVENTURE COMICS #462.  Thus, the story’s placement here is the most accurate choice.
Synopsis: Diana Prince and a fellow astronaut go on the first space shuttle mission but are brought down by aliens in a hidden valley filled with dinosaurs.

Wonder Woman No. 266
April 1980
Cover: Wonder Woman saving Jansen from examination by “Scaled Gods”; Wonder Girl vignette //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano
Story: “The Uninvited” (12 pages)
Editor: Ross Andru
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Vince Colletta
Letterer: Shelly Leferman
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in issue #254)
Other Characters: Jansen, Donald Gregory Lute (last appearance for both)
Villains: The “scaled gods” (reverted to dinosaurs in this story; last appearance)
Comment: This story is an “Untold Tale” of Wonder Woman and continues from last issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman learns the origins of the “scaled gods” and attempts to break herself and the two other captive humans free of their grasp.

Wonder Woman No. 254
April 1979
Cover: Olympian gods watching Wonder Woman battle Angle Man  //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano
Story: “The Angle In the Stars” (17 pages)
Editor: Ross Andru
Writer: Jack C. Harris
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Joe Giella
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Gene D’Angelo
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in issue #266; next appears in DC COMICS PRESENTS #9)
Supporting Characters: Aphrodite, Athena (last appearance for both in ADVENTURE COMICS #462), Stacy Macklin, Mike Bailey, Gen. Robert Novack, Conrad Starsfield (last appearance in issue #265)
Villains: Angle Man (between issues #243 / 271), Mars (between issues #226 / 259), Duke of Deception (last appearance in issue #217; last appearance), Earl of Greed (of Earth-One; first appearance; next appears in issue #259), Lord Conquest (of Earth-One; first appearance)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman teams up with Superman to fight an ice creature in DC COMICS PRESENTS #9.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman seems unable to halt Angle Man’s plan to hijack and ransom a NASA space shuttle, and is unaware of Mars’s and his lieutenants’ involvement.

Wonder Woman No. 255
May 1979
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Bushmaster //Jose Delbo / Dick Giordano
Story: “Menace of the Mental Murderer” (17 pages)
Editor: Ross Andru
Writer: Paul Levitz
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Vince Colletta
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in DC COMICS PRESENTS #9)
Supporting Characters: Gen. Robert Novack, Conrad Starfield, Morgan Tracy (last appearance in
ADVENTURE COMICS #459), Dr. Fischer (first appearance; next appears in issue #263)
Intro: Dr. Strenzic, Sinclair, Jason, Simons, Andre, (only appearance for all)
Villain: Bushmaster (first appearance; next appears in issue #262)
Synopsis: Wonder Woman must stop the Bushmaster’s mind-controlled assassins from killing a scientist.

Adventure Comics No. 463
May-June 1979
Cover: Justice Society vs. Frederick Vaux and demons; Wonder Woman vs. bees; Deadman and Inga Kronsky; Aquaman, Aqualad, and Mera; Flash and Urtumi creature (five vignettes) //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano
Story: “The Insanity Swarm” (11 pages)
Editor: Ross Andru
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Joe Staton
Inker: Frank McLaughlin
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in WONDER WOMAN #255)
Supporting Characters: Conrad Starfield (between WONDER WOMAN #255 / 256), Stacey Macklin (last appearance in WONDER WOMAN #254)
Intro: Prof. Stone, Bill
Villain: The Queen Bee (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #132)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: A swarm of killer bees attack the spaceflight center where Diana Prince is in astronaut training, and leave instructor Conrad Starfield and thirteen others in comas.  Diana becomes Wonder Woman, battles the swarm, and learns that the Queen Bee is behind the insects.  The heroine tracks the Queen Bee to her hive and defeats her, but learns that the villainess has captured her victims’ minds and placed them in her computer, which is set to self-destruct if any hand tampers with it.  However, the Queen Bee offers Wonder Woman a chance to save them, if she first becomes the Queen’s slave.

Adventure Comics No. 464
July-August 1979
Story: “Slave of the Queen Bee” (12 pages)
Editor: Ross Andru
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Joe Giella
Letterer: Shelly Leferman
Colorist: Gene D’Angelo
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in WONDER WOMAN #256)
GS: Superman, Batman, Flash, Green Arrow (the Justice League of America; between JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #168 / 169)
Supporting Character: Stacey Macklin (next appears in WONDER WOMAN #256)
Other Characters: Prof. Stone, Bill (last appearance for both)
Villain: The Queen Bee (next appears in ACTION COMICS #562)
Synopsis: When Wonder Woman submits to slavery in order to free the minds the Queen Bee has trapped, the Queen welches on her promise and says that she wishes to enslave all conscious minds and rule the universe.  The Amazon rescinds her surrender and attacks the Queen Bee, who has her bee swarm sting Wonder Woman repeatedly, almost unto death, and lets her loose in the desert 100 miles north of Houston, Texas.  The comatose Wonder Woman is hospitalized and fights a mental battle against the image of a great bee, while, in the real world, the Queen Bee attacks and defeats four Justice League members in their satellite.  But Wonder Woman succeeds in breaking out of her coma, locates the Queen Bee, and fights her again.  During the battle, the Queen stumbles into her own mind-controlling computer and has her own mind stolen away.  The minds of her victims are restored to their bodies.
 

Wonder Woman No. 256
June 1979
Cover: Wonder Woman unmasking the Ten of Spades  //Jose Delbo / Vince Colletta
Story: “The Return of the Royal Flush Gang” (17 pages)
Editor: Ross Andru
Writer: Paul Levitz
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Vince Colletta
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Gen. Robert Novak (last appearance), Conrad Starsfield (last appearance in ADVENTURE COMICS #463; last appearance), Stacey Macklin (last appearance in ADVENTURE COMICS #464; next appears in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #266 as Lady Lunar)
Villains: Ten of Spades (revealed as Mike Bailey in this story), Hi-Jack (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #167), Queen of Spades, Ace of Spades, King of Spades (last appearance for all in THE JOKER #5; all five appear as the Royal Flush Gang; last appearance for all five; new Royal Flush Gang appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #203)
Comment: In this story Diana Prince quits NASA to return to New York City and work for the UN again.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman runs into the Royal Flush Gang while the latter are attempting to rob NASA of a guidance system, and eventually learns that one of their members is one of her friends at the space agency.

Wonder Woman No. 257
July 1979
Cover: Wonder Woman saving girl from Multi-Man (as dinosaur) //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano (signed)
Story: “The Case of the Impossible Crimes” (17 pages)
Editor: Ross Andru
Writer: Paul Levitz
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Vince Colletta
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #161)
Supporting Character: Morgan Tracy
Intro: Undersecretary Wagner
Villain: Multi-Man (last appearance in CHALLENGERS OF THE UNKNOWN #84; last appearance)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League induct Zatanna and fight the Warlock in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #161, aids them in their battle with the Shark in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #162, helps them defeat Anton Allegro and Highlord in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #163-165, and helps them battle the Secret Society of Super-Villains in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #166-168.
 In this story Diana Prince resumes working for the United Nations.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman returns to New York City and faces a foe who can transform himself into many shapes.

Wonder Woman No. 258
August 1979
Cover: Wonder Woman attacking Major Pierce in jet aircraft //Jose Delbo / Dick Giordano
Story: “The Long Grey Line of Death” (17 pages)
Editor: Ross Andru
Plotter: Paul Levitz
Scripter: Paul Kupperberg
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Vince Colletta
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in  JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #168; next appears in THE FLASH #276)
Intro: Gen. Bradford, Col. Grant (only appearance for both)
Villain: Major Pierce (first and only appearance)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League deal with the Flash in THE FLASH #276-277 and fight the Over-Complex in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #169, 170.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman has to stop a disgruntled major from destroying West Point with a missle in revenge for his son’s suicide.

Wonder Woman No. 259
September 1979
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Hercules  //Jose Delbo / Dick Giordano
Story: “A Power Gone Mad” (17 pages)
Editor: Ross Andru
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Vince Colletta
Letterer: Milt Snapinn
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #170)
Supporting Characters: Aphrodite, Athena, Hermes (Mercury), Lance Gardner (first appearance)
Intro: Harry and two other skydivers (only appearance), Martin Markham
Villains: Mars (last appearance in issue #254), Earl of Greed (last appearance in issue #254; last appearance), Hercules (last appearance in SEA DEVILS #14)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Mars takes power in Olympus and, consulting with an advertising man from Earth, puts into motion a plan to make Wonder Woman seem a villainess and Hercules a hero when he defeats her, by having Mercury steal the Amazon’s bracelets of submission.

Wonder Woman No. 260
October 1979
Cover: Wonder Woman being led from courtroom in handcuffs  //Jose Delbo / Frank Chiaramonte
Story: “A Warrior In Chains” (17 pages)
Editor: Ross Andru
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Vince Colletta
Letterer: Shelly Leferman
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wodner Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #170)
Supporting Characters: Hermes (Mercury), Aphrodite, Athena, Olympian gods, Lance Gardner
GS: Mayor Ed Koch
Other Character: Martin Markham
Villains: Mars, Hercules
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman is imprisoned for her rampage, but breaks out to try and counter Mars’s threatened dominion over Earth.

Wonder Woman No. 261
November 1979
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. hellhounds //Dick Giordano (signed)
Story: “Quest To the Palace At the Edge of Time” (17 pages)
Editor: Ross Andru
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Vince Colletta
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Aphrodite, Amazons, Hermes (Mercury)
Other Characters: Martin Markham (last appearance), Ed Koch
Villains: Mars (next appears in issue #288), Hercules (next appears in DC COMICS PRESENTS #41), hellhounds (first and only appearance)
Comment: Story continues from last issue.
Synopsis: Aphrodite sends Wonder Woman on a quest to the Palace at the Edge of Time to stop Mars from conquering Earth.

Wonder Woman No. 262
December 1979
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. street punks //Dick Giordano (signed)
Story: “The Bushmaster Strikes Twice” (17 pages)
Editor: Ross Andru
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Ric Estrada
Inker: Jose Delbo
Letterer: Shelly Leferman
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Supporting Characters: Lance Gardner (last appearance), Tod (first appearance; next appears in issue #269)
Villains: Bushmaster (last appearance in issue #255), the Prime Planner, the Cartel (named in next issue; first appearance for all), a gang of punks (first and only appearance)
Comment: Story continues in next issue.
Synopsis: The Bushmaster is assigned to return to New York City and capture the UN Building in order to assassinate Wonder Woman.

Wonder Woman No. 263
January 1980
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Gaucho //Jose Delbo / Dick Giordano
Story: “The Power and the Pampas” (17 pages)
Editor: Ross Andru
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Vince Colletta
Letterer: Shelly Leferman
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Dr. Fischer (last appearance in issue #255), Farley (first appearance)
Villains: Bushmaster, Prime Planner, the Cartel, the Gaucho (first appearance)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: The Cartel assigns the Gaucho, another of its super-assassins, to capture Wonder Woman when the Amazon goes on an information search in Washington, D.C.

Wonder Woman No. 264
February 1980
Cover: Gaucho towing Wonder Woman over White House  //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano
Story: “A Bomb In the Bird Is Worth Two In the Band” (17 pages)
Editor: Ross Andru
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Vince Colletta
Letterer: Shelly Leferman
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #158)
GA: Hamilton Jordan (of Earth-One)
Intro: Miss Kessler, Bobbie, Carol, Sen. Claiborne (only appearance for all)
Villains: The Gaucho, Prime Planner, the Cartel, Mr. Cramer (first appearance)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman teams with Batman to battle Flashback in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #158, then helps the Justice League and Black Lightning fight the Regulator in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #174, then helps the Justice League fight Dr. Destiny in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #175, 176, then briefly appears during Superman’s and Captain Comet’s battle with Starstriker in DC COMICS PRESENTS #22.
Synopsis: The Gaucho distracts Wonder Woman with a horde of robot bird-bombs to keep her from interfering with his assassination attempt on a California senator.

Wonder Woman No. 265
March 1980
Story: “Mr. Jupiter Is Dead” (5 pages)
Editor: Ross Andru
Writer: E. Nelson Bridwell
Penciller: Ric Estrada
Inker: John Calnan
Letterer: Milt Snapinn
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Girl (last appearance in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #149)
Supporting Character: Mr. Jupiter (last appearance in TEEN TITANS #41)
Intro: Selwyn Kraft (only appearance)
Villain: Perfection (Miss Maple) and her henchmen (first appearance for all)
Comment: This story is continued in the next issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Girl learns from a faked will that Mr. Jupiter, the old mentor of the Teen Titans, is not dead, but gets lured into a trap in a rescue attempt.

Wonder Woman No. 266
April 1980
Story: “The Perfect Crime” (5 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: E. Nelson Bridwell
Penciller: Ric Estrada
Inker: John Calnan
Letterer: Milt Snapinn
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Girl (next appears in NEW TEEN TITANS (first series) #1)
Supporting Character: Mr. Jupiter (last appearance)
Villains: Perfection and her henchmen (last appearance for all)
Comment: This story continues from last issue.
Synopsis: Perfection reveals that her capture of Mr. Jupiter was only a cover for her true goal--capturing Wonder Girl and getting her to reveal the Amazons’ secret of eternal youth.

Wonder Woman No. 267
May 1980
Cover: Wonder Woman, Animal-Man, ape, and assassin’s hand and gun //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano
Story: “The Man Who Walked With Beasts” (17 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Vince Colletta
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in DC COMICS PRESENTS #22)
GS: Animal-Man (last appearance in STRANGE ADVENTURES #201; origin retold in this story)
GA: Roger Denning (last appearance in STRANGE ADVENTURES #?; last appearance; in flashback)
Intro: Haskell (first appearance; in flashback; dies in this story)
Villains: The Cartel, Stymie Sloan (first and only appearance; in flashback)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
 Animal-Man reveals that his battle with the Mod Gorilla Boss in STRANGE ADVENTURES #201 was merely a “publicity stunt” in this story.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman goes to a Citadel enclave hidden in an artificial “veldt” stocked with animals in the California desert.  There she meets and briefly battles with Animal-Man, a hero with animal powers.  They straighten things out and Animal-Man tells her he put his crime-fighting career on hiatus after a few cases, until recently, when the Cartel killed a movie producer and a friend of his was charged with the murder.  Wonder Woman and Animal-Man fight their way into the Cartel hideout and discover an electronic map with another Cartel power base identified in France.

Wonder Woman No. 268
June 1980
Cover: Wonder Woman and Animal-Man vs. Red Fang, Changeling, and Lumber Jack //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano
Story: “Battleground: France” (17 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Vince Colletta
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #179)
GS: Animal-Man (next appears in ACTION COMICS #552)
Villains: The Prime Planner (revealed as Morgan Tracy; last appearance), the Citadel (last appearance), Red Fang, Changeling (not to be confused with Changeling of the Teen Titans), Lumber Jack, Krispin (first and only appearance for all)
Intro: Lauren Krispin (only appearance)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League induct Firestorm and fight the Satin Satan in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #179, 180.
Synopsis:  Wonder Woman and Animal-Man go to Marseilles, France in search of the Citadel, where they save a gangster named Krispin from being assassinated by the group.  Encircled by Wonder Woman’s magic lasso, Krispin reveals that the Citadel has ordered him to turn over his organization to the Prime Planner.  The three of them are attacked by the Citadel’s trio of super-assassins, Lumber Jack, Red Fang, and Changeling, and Wonder Woman and Krispin’s daughter Lauren are abducted by the Prime Planner.   Wonder Woman, faking unconsciousness, learns that the Prime Planner is really her former boss, Morgan Tracy, then defeats him and the other Cartel members and rescues Lauren.  Later, talking with Animal-Man, Wonder Woman says that someone else with the necessary resources must be behind Morgan Tracy.

Wonder Woman No. 269
July 1980
Cover: Wonder Woman removing tiara and throwing away magic lasso before UN Building //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano (signed)
Story: “Return To Paradise Island” (17 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inkers: Bob Smith, Wally Wood
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #180)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyta, Amazons, Tod (last appearance in issue 262; last appearance)
Intro: Cleo (an Amazon)
Cameo appearances: Steve Trevor, Aphrodite
Villains: Three punks (first and only appearance), a salamander (first appearance; destroyed in this story)
Comment: Story continues in next issue.
Synopsis: Despairing of ever being able to change Man’s World, Wonder Woman returns to Paradise Island.

Wonder Woman No. 270
August 1980
Cover: Princess Diana saving Amazons in boat from tidal wave; Wonder Woman vignette //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano
Story: “Rebirth On Paradise Island” (17 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Vince Colletta
Letterer: Milt Snapinn
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Aphrodite, Queen Hippolyta, Cleo, Amazons, Steve Trevor II (first appearance; a Steve Trevor from a parallel Earth), Artesia (an Amazon; first appearance)
Cameo appearance: Steve Trevor I
Intro: A race of elementals, Marconi (only appearance for all)
Comment: This story continues in next issue.
Synopsis: Aphrodite answers Queen Hippolyta’s prayers and erases the memory of Steve Trevor from Princess Diana’s mind.  Later, Diana learns of a race of elementals who formerly made Paradise Island their home.  Finally, the Amazons are witness to the crash of an aircraft from a parallel Earth, whose pilot is saved by Diana...and who proves to be Steve Trevor.

Wonder Woman No. 271
September 1980
Cover: Hippolyte giving Diana her Wonder Woman costume; Huntress vignette //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano
Story: “Renewal On Paradise Island” (17 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Dave Hunt
Letterer: John Costanza
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor II, Queen Hippolyte, Aphrodite (both next appear in DC COMICS PRESENTS #32), Amazons, Cleo, Artesia
Intro: Ken Toshiba (dies in this story), Mr. Casey (only appearance)
Villain: Angle Man (last appearance in issue #256)
Synopsis: After Princess Diana rescues the new Steve Trevor and heals him with her Purple Ray, Queen Hippolyte asks Aphrodite where he came from.  She responds that he is from the Earth of another dimension, and even she has no power to send him back there.  Since it is as though Diana was meeting Steve Trevor for the first time, and since Diana must return to Man’s World, Aphrodite extends the Mists of Nepenthe over the Earth, causing all people to forget the existence of the other Steve Trevor who died years ago.  Once again, Diana competes against the Amazons for the right to go into Man’s World, and wins the costume and title of Wonder Woman.  Just before Wonder Woman returns with Steve to America, Hippolyte begs him, “Don’t hurt her again,” which mystifies Trevor.

Wonder Woman No. 272
October 1980
Cover: Wonder Woman with eagle and American flag, before White House; Solomon Grundy vs. Huntress (two vignettes) //Dave Cockrum / Dick Giordano (signed)
Story: “The Man With All the Angles” (17 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Dave Hunt
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (becomes a captain in U.S. Military Intelligence again)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor II, Etta Candy (last appearance in issue #127; now a lieutenant in the U.S. Army), Gen. Darnell (last appearance in issue #179), Professor Bennington (first appearance)
Villain: Angle Man
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Diana Prince and Steve Trevor are reinserted in the USAF with some help from Aphrodite.  But Angle Man attacks the base Diana is assigned to, trying to steal another space shuttle.  When Wonder Woman goes after him, he sends her into another dimension with his Angler.

Wonder Woman No. 273
November 1980
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Angle Man; Solomon Grundy and caged Huntress (two vignettes) //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano
Story: “The Right Angle” (17 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Dave Hunt
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Etta Candy, Prof. Bennington
Villains: Angle Man (next appears in issue #323), Kobra (last appearance in SUPERMAN #327)
Intro: Russell Abernathy
Synopsis: Wonder Woman manages to bring herself out of the sideral dimension Angle Man has hurled her into by use of her magic lasso.  Angle Man reveals himself to the personnel of Andrews Air Force Base and admits that he has stolen the space shuttle, demanding a half-billion dollars in ransom for it before he leaves with his Angler.  Steve makes a date with Wonder Woman.  Before then, Etta and Diana rent an apartment in Georgetown.  Later, during her date with Steve, Wonder Woman spies Angle Man in civvies and attacks him.  Angle Man attempts to send her to another sideral dimension, but she grabs him and drags him along with her.  She destroys the Angler, knocks Angle Man out, and uses her lasso again to restore them to their proper dimension.

Wonder Woman No. 274
December 1980
Cover: Kobra, Cheetah II, Wonder Woman; Power Girl and Huntress vignette //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano
Story: “One Super-Villain: Made To Order” (17 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Dave Hunt
Letterer: John Costanza
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Gen. Darnell, Steve Trevor, Etta Candy
Villains: Kobra, Priscilla Rich (Cheetah I; last appearance in issue #166; dies in this story), Cheetah II (first appearance; Deborah Domaine)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman tries to stop an oil spill from an offshore tanker and meets with wealthy Deborah Domaine and her ecology group, the O.E.S. (Organization for Ecological Sanity).  Deborah later opens a letter from her aunt, Priscilla Rich, informing her that Priscilla only has a few months to live.  She goes to Priscilla’s side and is there when she dies, but inadvertenly knocks herself unconscious while bumping against a mannequin wearing the costume of the Cheetah, Priscilla’s super-villainess identity.  Kobra discovers Debbie and the dead Priscilla, takes Debbie, and brainwashes her into becoming the new Cheetah.  Meanwhile, Diana Prince must juggle a date she has made with Gen. Darnell at the same time she is keeping one as Wonder Woman with Steve Trevor.

Wonder Woman No. 275
January 1981
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Cheetah II; Huntress vignette //Rich Buckler / Dick Giordano
Story: “Claws of the Cheetah” (17 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Dave Hunt
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Etta Candy
Villains: Cheetah II (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #195), Kobra
Comment: This story is continued in the next issue.
Synopsis: The new Cheetah destroys a dam, causes flooding, and, when Wonder Woman helps out in rescue operations, steals the Amazon’s magic lasso.  Suspecting that Debbie Domaine is the new Cheetah, Wonder Woman steals aboard the heiress’s boat and recovers her lasso.  The Cheetah does battle with Wonder Woman, thinking that the Amazon is anti-ecology, but is lost when her boat crashes into a ferry.  Wonder Woman vows to find the “master” whom the Cheetah spoke of, and, elsewhere, Kobra promises to destroy Wonder Woman.

Wonder Woman No. 276
February 1981
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Cobra Cultists; Huntress and Power Girl vs. crooks (two vignettes) //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano
Story: “Seek the Serpent and Find Death” (17 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Joe Giella
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Etta Candy, Steve Trevor II
Villain: Kobra, Cobra Cultists
Intro: Dr. Haliday (dead before this story begins)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman secretly attends the funeral of Priscilla Rich, and shortly thereafter is attacked by a Cobra Cultist, who destroys himself rather than reveal his master’s secrets to Wonder Woman.  Nonetheless, Kobra declares that he is ready for a masterstroke that will enable him to conquer the world.  Diana Prince later finds a reference to a “Kobra File” involving Morgan Tracy, her ex-boss and the Prime Planner of the Cartel.  Steve Trevor, in the meantime, finds out the head of a project to develop Cobalt 93, the ultimate “dirty” bomb has been murdered and the device stolen.  Diana decides that Kobra was behind the Cartel and Morgan Tracy, and becomes Wonder Woman again, going to Carlsbad Caverns National Park, named in the Kobra File as a base of operations.  There she faces and defeats more Cobra Cultists, misses catching their leader, and finds a top secret government report on the Cobalt 93 project.

Wonder Woman No. 277
March 1981
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Kobra and snakes; Huntress vignettes //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano
Title: “The Kobra Ultimatum” (17 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Dave Hunt
Letterer: John Costanza
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor II, Gen. Darnell, Etta Candy
Villains: Kobra, Cobra Cultists (some of whom die in this story; origin of the Cult revealed in this story)
Intro: Mother Juju
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: When Wonder Woman tries to interrogate the Cobra Cultists using her magic lasso, they literally explode due to a post-hypnotic command.  Kobra preempts all worldwide television broadcasts to issue an ultimatum, demanding one-half the world’s gross national product in precious metals upon pain of his unleashing the Cobalt 93 bomb in the Middle East.  Diana Prince consults Mother Juju, a mystic, about the Cobra Cult and learns they date back 100 years, to anti-British fakirs in India.  Wonder Woman travels to India and uses her magic lasso to force a fakir to reveal Kobra’s hiding place, in an old temple of Kali.  Once inside, she falls through a trap door and finds herself confronted by Kobra and a pack of real king cobras.

Wonder Woman No. 278
April 1981
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Kobra and Cobra Cultists; Huntress vignette //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano
Story: “The Serpent and the Amazon” (17 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Dave Hunt
Letterer: John Costanza
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appearance in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #172)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor II (next appears in DC COMICS PRESENTS #32), Gen. Darnell
Villains: Kobra (next appears in DC COMICS PRESENTS #81), Cobra Cultists (one dies in this story; next appearance in DC COMICS PRESENTS #81)
Comments: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League advise Firestorm in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #172 and fight Proteus in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #187, 188, and appears briefly in NEW TEEN TITANS (first series) #5 (flashback), then teams up with Superman to deal with Eros in DC COMICS PRESENTS #32.  Then she rejoins the Justice League to encounter the New Teen Titans in NEW TEEN TITANS (first series) #4 and to fight Starro in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #189, 190 and T. O. Morrow in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #192, 193.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman hurls the cobras at “Kobra”, expecting him to be immune to their bite.  But since the “Kobra” before her is only an underling dressed in his master’s uniform, he dies from their bite.  She spots the real Kobra on a perch above her and leaps to it, but he and his cultists escape from her.  In a secret chamber, Wonder Woman comes across a replica of the pyramids, with a replica of Cheops’s pyramid encircled by a stone cobra.  She thus deduces that the Cobalt 69 bomb is enconsced within that pyramid, and both she and Steve Trevor go there.  Steve disables the bomb while Diana fights Kobra, who escapes, and captures the Cobra Cultists, while the pyramid is destroyed.

Wonder Woman No. 279
May 1981
Cover: Bruised Wonder Woman stumbling into Mother Juju’s house; Huntress saving prison warden from Lionmane //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano (signed)
Story: “The Strange Disappearance of Etta Candy” (17 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Dave Hunt
Letterer: John Costanza
Colorist: Gene D’Angelo
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #193)
Supporting Characters: Etta Candy, Gen. Darnell
GS: Mother Juju
Villain: Baal-Satyr, the Delphi Foundation (first appearance)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman goes to Mother Juju for help in fighting some demon-cultists whose magic defeated her when she tried to rescue Etta Candy from their clutches.

Wonder Woman No. 280
June 1981
Cover: Wonder Woman and Demon vs. Baal-Satyr; Huntress vignette //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano
Story: “In the Claws of Demons” (17 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Dave Hunt
Letterer: Todd Klein
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Etta Candy, Steve Trevor II, Mother Juju, Randu Singh (last appearance in DETECTIVE COMICS #485)
GS: Demon (last appearance  in DETECTIVE COMICS #485)
Villains: Baal-Satyr, Oscar Pound, Delphi Foundation, Wicker, Klarion (last appearance in THE DEMON #15)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman tries and fails to save Etta Candy from the demon Baal-Satyr.  It knocks her unconscious and vanishes from the mortal plane with Etta in hand.  After Wonder Woman awakens, she becomes Diana Prince again and goes with Steve Trevor to investigate the Delphi Foundation, ostensibly run by the wheelchair-bound Oscar Pound.  Pound denies involvement with Etta’s disappearance.  But later, he is visited by Klarion the Witch-Boy, who has given him back the use of his legs with witchcraft in return for the backing of his foundation.  Wonder Woman goes to consult with Mother Juju, who tells her about Jason Blood.  The Amazon visits Blood and his partner Randu, and speaks the incantation that allows Etrigan the Demon to take over Blood’s body.  The Demon agrees to help her find Baal-Satyr, and they leave the mortal plane.

Wonder Woman No. 281
July 1981
Cover: Demon and Wonder Woman vs. demons; Huntress with Joker card (two vignettes) //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano
Story: “The Castle Outside Time” (17 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Dave Hunt
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor II, Etta Candy,  Randu Singh, Glenda Mark (last appearance in DETECTIVE COMICS #485)
GS: The Demon
Villains: Baal-Satyr (destroyed in this story), Klarion, Teekl (last appearance in THE DEMON #15), Oscar Pound
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: The Demon leads Wonder Woman on a quest through a netherworld until both of them reach Baal-Satyr’s castle in time to stop the villain from throwing Etta into a cauldron.  The two heroes destroy Baal-Satyr.  But, on Earth, Klarion has knocked Randu Singh briefly unconscious, severing Etrigan’s link with that world, and Wonder Woman fears that she, the Demon, and Etta are trapped in the netherworld.  Meanwhile, a transforming Oscar Pound learns that his bargain with Klarion has some strings attached.

Wonder Woman No. 282
August 1981
Cover: Wonder Woman and the Demon vs. Oscar Pound; Huntress vs. The Joker //Rich Buckler / Dick Giordano
Story: “Return And Redemption” (17 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Dave Hunt
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
GS: The Demon (next appears in SAGA OF THE SWAMP THING #25)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Etta Candy, Senator Abernathy, Randu Singh (last appearance), Glenda Mark (next appears in DC COMICS PRESENTS #66)
Villains: Oscar Pound (becomes a minotaur in this story; last appearance), Klarion, Teekl (last appearance for both)
Synopsis: Randu Singh performs an incantation that brings Wonder Woman, Etta Candy, and the Demon back from the netherworld.  The threesome materialize in Diana Prince’s apartment, where they meet Steve Trevor, who is investigating Etta’s disappearance.  Etrigan vanishes, later reuniting with Randu and Glenda and resuming his Jason Blood form.  Diana Prince learns that Sen. Abernathy was responsible for giving Oscar Pound access to Etta, when he caved in to pressure from the Delphi Foundation.  Still later, Wonder Woman fights Oscar Pound, who has been transformed into a minotaur, defeats him, and comes upon the battle between the Demon and Klarion.  Klarion vanishes, leaving only a charred spot, but Etrigan confirms that neither he nor Klarion can be killed, and becomes Jason Blood again.  With Klarion’s defeat, Oscar Pound becomes human again, and finds he is once again a cripple.

Wonder Woman No. 283
September 1981
Cover: Wonder Woman playing bullets-and-bracelets with fireballs; Joker, Huntress, and silhouette of Robin in Batman uniform (two vignettes) //George Perez / Dick Giordano
Story: “Encounter” (17 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Dave Hunt
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor II, Etta Candy
Villains: The Red Dragon’s agents (first appearance for all)
Intro: Lao Chen, Fairbanks
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman neutralizes a booby-trapped factory run by agents of the Red Dragon, a Chinese villain who wishes to return his homeland to its feudal past.  Steve Trevor, FBI agent Fairbanks, and Chinese operative Lao Chen follow up minutes later, and all find a huge stockpile of weapons in the factory.  They also find a box with a dragon medallion and a card from the Dragon Bakery in San Francisco.  Wonder Woman, Steve, and Chen encounter costumed Red Dragon agents there and learn of the mastermind’s plans, just as one of the men releases a real, giant-sized red dragon at them.

Wonder Woman No. 284
October 1981
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. dragon //George Perez / Dick Giordano
Story: “Shadow of the Dragon” (19 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Dave Hunt
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor II, Etta Candy
GS: Lao Chen
Villains: The Red Dragon (first appearance) and his agents
Comments: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman fights and destroys the dragon, which turns out to be a robot.  She, Steve Trevor, and Lao Chen investigate the site and find more weapons stolen from U.S. sources, including a crate that held a new cruise missle.  Lao Chen invites Steve and Diana Prince (who has secretly switched identities) to China to help them find the missle and capture the Red Dragon.  While Diana, Chen, and Trevor are in China, they are rendered unconscious by a sleep-gas bomb hurled by one of the Dragon’s agents,who secretly places a “control crystal” on Steve.  Sometime after they awaken, the Red Dragon launches the cruise missle, which is able to evade all known aircraft, at Peiping.  Steve Trevor holds a device which can control or abort the missle, but the Dragon exerts control over him and has him destroy the missle control.

Wonder Woman No. 285
November 1981
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Red Dragon; Huntress vignette //Jose Delbo / Dick Giordano
Story: “Dragon Hunt” (18 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Gerry Conway
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Dave Hunt
Letterer: Milt Snapinn
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor II
Other Character: Lao Chen (last appearance)
Villain: Red Dragon (last appearance)
Comment: This story continues from last issue.
Synopsis: To save Steve Trevor from mental enslavement, Wonder Woman must walk into a trap of the Red Dragon’s.

Wonder Woman No. 286
December 1981
Cover: Amazons, Queen Hippolyte, and fallen Wonder Woman; Huntress vignette //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano (signed)
Story: “Be Wonder Woman and Die” (19 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Robert Kanigher
Penciller: Jose Delbo
Inker: Dave Hunt
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Jerry Serpe
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #195)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor II, Etta Candy, Queen Hippolyta (last appearance in NEW TEEN TITANS (first series) #13)
Intro: Amy Kelley (dies in this story), Mack Kelley, Dr. Wolff  (only appearance for both)
Other Characters: Ronald Reagan, Nancy Reagan, Len Wein, Jenette Kahn (all of Earth-One)
Villains: Konrad Kardion and his gang (first and only appearance)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League and Justice Society fight the Secret Society of Super-Villains in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #195-197.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman gives a wannabe actress who wishes to play her in a movie the chance to play her in real life, not knowing that the girl has only six months to live and that she will die accepted by the Amazons as one of their own.

Wonder Woman No. 287
January 1982
Cover: Kid Flash, Starfire, Wonder Woman, Changeling, Cyborg, Raven, Wonder Girl, and Robin //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano
Story: “Eye of the Beholder” (16 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Marv Wolfman
Penciller: Don Heck
Inker: Romeo Tanghal
Letterer: John Costanza
Colorist: Carl Gafford
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #197; next appears in DC COMICS PRESENTS #41)
GS: Robin, Kid Flash, Wonder Girl, Cyborg, Starfire, Changeling (all between NEW TEEN TITANS (first series) #15 / ACTION COMICS #532), Raven (between NEW TEEN TITANS (first series) #15 / 16; all appear as the New Teen Titans)
Villains: Dr. Cyber (last appearance in issue #221; next appears in issue #319), Dr. Moon (last appearance in DETECTIVE COMICS #480; next appears in BATMAN AND THE OUTSIDERS #20)
Cameo: Jenette Kahn, Marv Wolfman, George Perez
Synopsis: Wonder Girl and Starfire of the New Teen Titans respond to a mysterious summons to a New York harbor dock and are attacked by costumed crooks, who manage to capture Wonder Girl.  Starfire captures one of the gang, learns that her prisoner is a woman, and contacts Robin, who in turn phones Diana Prince and enlists Wonder Woman’s aid.  Wonder Girl is held prisoner by Dr. Cyber in a gas-filled chamber, and Cyber lures Wonder Woman to her hideout, intent on having her aide Dr. Moon transplant her brain into Wonder Woman’s body.  Rather than risk her adopted sister’s life, Wonder Woman appears to agree to Cyber’s terms.  But the rest of the New Teen Titans burst in and give battle.  Wonder Woman defeats Cyber, and Wonder Girl breaks herself out of the glass prison she had been held in.

DC Comics Presents No. 41
January 1982
Story: “A Bold New Direction For Wonder Woman” (15 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Roy Thomas
Penciller: Gene Colan
Inker: Romeo Tanghal
Letterer: John Costanza
Colorist: Adrienne Roy
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (between WONDER WOMAN #287 / 288)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor II, Queen Hippolyte, Amazons
Intro: The Wonder Woman Foundation (Liz, Dr. Felton, Mr. Winthrop), Dr. Prescott
GS: Hermes (Mercury; last appearance in WONDER WOMAN #263; next appearance in WONDER WOMAN #328)
Villain: Hercules (last appearance in WONDER WOMAN #261; last appearance), Russian spies (first and only appearance)
Comment: This story appears as an insert in this issue.
Synopsis: Steve Trevor is injured during a battle he and Wonder Woman have with a gang of Russian spies.  While he and Wonder Woman are waiting for an ambulance, she is approached by three representatives of the Wonder Woman Foundation, a new group dedicated to promoting equality for women, and is asked to wear a new halter with two W’s on its crest, rather than an eagle.  She asks to talk it over with her mother, and, once Steve is safely taken away in an ambulance, she goes to Paradise Island.  There she discovers that Hercules, still smarting from his defeat many years ago at Hippolyta’s hands, has enlisted Hermes to steal the Queen’s magic girdle and has chained her and all the Amazons, removing their power.  Wonder Woman challenges each of them to a contest, with her willing surrender the prize if they win.  She outraces Hermes to regain the magic girdle, and she defeats Hercules in a test of strength.  The two gods vanish back to Olympus, and the Amazons’ chains vanish with them.  Hippolyte, when consulted, advises Wonder Woman to try the new halter for a time.  In Washington, D.C., though, doctors working on Steve Trevor learn that Steve is dying.

Wonder Woman No. 288
February 1982
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. crooks //Gene Colan / Romeo Tanghal
Story: “Swan Song” (27 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Roy Thomas
Penciller: Gene Colan
Inker: Romeo Tanghal
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Carl Gafford
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in DC COMICS PRESENTS #41)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor II (last appearance in DC COMICS PRESENTS #41), Etta Candy, Gen. Darnell
Villains: Silver Swan (first appearance; Helena Alexandros), Dr. Psycho (last appearance in issue #170), Mars (last appearance in issue #263; next appears in ?)
Intro: Mrs. Alexandros (Silver Swan’s mother), Leda (both in cameo flashbacks; only appearance)
Cameo: Zeus, Helen of Troy (in flashbacks)
GS: Dr. Prescott (last appearance in DC COMICS PRESENTS #41)
Synopsis: Wonder Woman checks up on Steve Trevor at the hospital and learns from Dr. Prescott, who is in charge of him, that Steve is not endangered by his head wound, but that, somehow, his body and / or soul seem to be in transition.  Left alone with him, Wonder Woman manages to bring Steve back to consciousness with a kiss.  Shortly afterwards, the Amazon comes upon a gang of bank robbers, and a new arrival, a flying, costumed female who calls herself the Silver Swan, helps her bring them in.  The Silver Swan flies off, and Wonder Woman discovers that the briefcase of secret documents she and Steve had been carrying is gone.  Later, Diana and Etta Candy discover a rent raise has made it necessary for them to take on a new roommate.  The first applicant, whom they accept, is Helen Alexandros, who has found the briefcase and returns it to Diana.
 Unknown to both of them, the plain-faced, skin-blemished Helen is a former ballerina who has been badly hurt by rejections due to her “ugly duckling” face.  After one performance in an ancient temple in Greece, Helen cried out to the gods that she hated men.  At that point, Mars appeared from Mount Olympus and revealed to Helen that she was descended on her mother’s side from Zeus, Leda, and Helen of Troy.  When Mars asked if she was ready to accept her “heritage of blood”, Helen agreed, and was transformed into the beautiful Silver Swan, with the powers of flight, great strength, and a “swan song” which could wreak destruction.  Mars told the Swan that Helena would be able to change into her for an hour at a time, as long as she served him, and on the day that she destroyed Wonder Woman, she would become the Silver Swan forever.
 Later, when Wonder Woman is attempting to return the briefcase, the Silver Swan snatches it away and defeats the Amazon in battle.  But, unwilling to destroy Wonder Woman around witnesses, the Swan turns over the briefcase and convinces Gen. Darnell and company that she mistakenly thought Wonder Woman was stealing it.  Wonder Woman herself is not convinced.  And Steve Trevor finds himself in the hands of a new arrival--Dr. Psycho.

Wonder Woman No. 289
March 1982
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Captain Wonder; Dr. Psycho silhouette //Gene Colan / Dick Giordano
Story: “His Name Is Psycho” (18 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Roy Thomas
Penciller: Gene Colan
Inker: Romeo Tanghal
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Carl Gafford
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Queen Hippolyte (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #200), Amazons, Paula, Etta Candy
Villains: Dr. Psycho (origin revealed in flashback, his earliest chronological appearance, preceding his appearance in issue #160; becomes “Captain Wonder” in this story), Melvin (first appearance), Silver Swan
Intro: Marya Psycho (in flashback; dies in this story)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman goes to Paradise Island and is given permission to bring him to Paula’s laboratory on nearby Science Island so that he may be treated with the Purple Ray.  She returns, as Diana Prince, to her Georgetown apartment to see Etta and Helen, and the three of them go to check on Steve, only to learn that he has been taken to a private hospital by Dr. Psycho.  Helen opts not to go along.
 Meanwhile, Psycho straps down Trevor to a table with the aid of his henchman Melvin, and recalls his early years: rejected by others because of his ugly appearance, Psycho nonetheless discovered he had the power to hypnotize a woman named Marya and materialize ectoplasm, using her as a medium.  He used the ectoplasm to mold a handsome body-shell for himself, and also induced Marya to marry him, though she later died in a car accident.  Recently, he has sensed that Steve Trevor has even more psychic potential than Marya, and, just as Wonder Woman breaks in, Psycho summons a mass of ectoplasm from Steve with the help of his ectoplasmatron device.  He uses the ectoplasm to build a new, costumed body-shell for himself, with as much power as Wonder Woman, and calls himself Captain Wonder.  Wonder Woman is hard-pressed to battle him, until she smashes him into the ectoplasmatron, destroying it and his Captain Wonder identity.  The Amazon is about to leave with Steve Trevor when the Silver Swan breaks in and declares she has come to kill them both.

Wonder Woman No. 290
April 1982
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Captain Wonder and Silver Swan //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano
Story: “Panic Over Pennsylvania Avenue” (17 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Writer: Roy Thomas
Penciller: Gene Colan
Inker: Romeo Tanghal
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Carl Gafford
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #200)
Supporting Character: Steve Trevor II (next appears in PHANTOM ZONE #2)
GS: President Ronald Reagan, Nancy Reagan
Villains: Dr. Psycho (also appears as Captain Wonder; next appearance in issue #323), Silver Swan (next appears in issue #323), Mars (next appears in issue #329)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League fight the Appelaxians in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #200, then helps Superman fight Lex Luthor in SUPERMAN IN “THE COMPUTER MASTERS OF METROPOLIS” #1, then helps the Justice League and Supergirl deal with escaped Phantom Zone villains in PHANTOM ZONE #2 and 4.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman battles the Silver Swan and encircles her with the magic lasso, but the Swan’s magical powers give her the ability to stave off domination.  Dr. Psycho is able to use Steve Trevor to produce enough ectoplasm to turn him into Captain Wonder again, in which identity he attacks Wonder Woman, knocks her off her Robot Plane, gains control of the lasso, frees the Swan, and ropes Wonder Woman.  Captain Wonder and Silver Swan fall in love with each other at first sight.  They opt to take the captive heroine to the White House and kill her before the eyes of President Ronald Reagan.  But Mars appears to the Swan and demands that she order Captain Wonder to send the Robot Plane crashing into the White House and thus murder the president.
 However, Steve Trevor, whose coma has been induced by his subconscious knowledge that he is not of this Earth and his desire to leave it, awakens, thus breaking Psycho’s ability to maintain his Captain Wonder persona.  Psycho crashes to Earth, unharmed, but losing control of Wonder Woman, the lasso, and the plane.  The Silver Swan attacks Wonder Woman, but is defeated, and the Amazon manages to prevent her plane from smashing the White House and endangering President Reagan.  Disappointed in the Swan, Mars withdraws her powers and she returns to her Helen Alexandros identity.  When Psycho and Helen see each other, they are mutually repelled and run away from each other.  Finally, Wonder Woman reunites with Steve and recounts her adventure.  Steve tells her that he dreamed he was not of this world, but that he realizes he belongs wherever she is.

Wonder Woman No. 291
May 1982
Cover: Wonder Woman and Zatanna vs. The Adjuciator //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano
Story: “Judgment In Infinity”
 Chapter 1: “Comes the Adjuciator” (14 pages)
 Chapter 2: “Horsemen Four” (11 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Plotter: Paul Levitz
Scripter: Roy Thomas
Penciller: Gene Colan
Inker: Frank McLaughlin
Letterer: John Costanza
Colorist: Carl Gafford
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in PHANTOM ZONE #4)
GS: Superman, Hawkman, Batman, Green Lantern (last appearance in PHANTOM ZONE #4), Atom, Black Canary, Flash, Zatanna, Elongated Man (the Justice League of America; last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #201), Supergirl (last appearance in SUPERMAN FAMILY #218)
GA: Dr. Fate, Dr. Mid-Nite, Power Girl, Huntress, and Flash, Green Lantern, and Hawkman of Earth-Two (the Justice Society of America; last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #196)
Supporting Characters: Etta Candy, Gen. Phil Darnell
Cameo appearances: Wonder Girl, Raven, Mera, Starfire, Batgirl, Madame Xanadu, Lois Lane
Villains: The Adjuciator, the Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse (Famine, War, Plague, and Death; first appearance for all)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
 This is Book One of “Judgment In Infinity”.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman encounters a strange giant being called the Adjuciator on a Washington, D. C. mall.  She learns through her magic lasso that he visits planets at the height of their civilization and then revisits them centuries later, and, if they have become sufficiently decadent, he destroys them.  Earth is a conundrum to him, having survived its decadence and pollution for decades, so he decides to judge the four Earths most closely bound to Earth-One...namely, Earth-One, Earth-Two, Earth-X, and a hitherto-unknown “Earth-I”.  Wonder Woman has no power to stop the Adjuciator from departing, but she does summon a meeting of the Justice League (to which Superman invites Supergirl) to deal with the problem.  Black Canary goes to alert the Justice Society on Earth-Two.  Most of the JLA members leave to begin their own methods of monitoring the globe for menaces.  But Zatanna remains behind with Wonder Woman, and uses her magic to take them to the place where the Adjuciator’s first agent will strike.  The agent, one of the Adjuciator’s versions of the Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse, is Famine, and strikes in India.  Though he inflicts terrible hunger on Wonder Woman and Zatanna, the two heroines fight back with magic and super-powers and repulse him.  The Adjuciator calls Famine back, and Wonder Woman and Zatanna wonder where he will strike next.

Wonder Woman No. 292
Cover: Wonder Woman, Huntress, Power Girl, Black Canary, Death, Supergirl, Phantom Lady //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano (signed)
Story: “Seven Against Oblivion” (14 pages)
 Chapter II: “‘X’ Marks the Spot” (11 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Plotter: Paul Levitz
Scripter: Roy Thomas
Penciller: Gene Colan
Inker: Frank McLaughlin
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Carl Gafford
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
GS: Supergirl, Lois Lane (last appearance in SUPERMAN #370; next appears in ?), Phantom Lady (last appearance in CANCELLED COMICS CAVALCADE #2), Black Canary, Power Girl, Huntress, Madame Xanadu (last appearance in ?; next appears in ?)
Cameo: Dr. Fate, Owlman, Superwoman
Villains: Adjuciator, Plague, War
Comments: This story continues in the next issue.
 This is Book Two of “Judgment In Infinity”.
Synopsis: On Earth-Two, Black Canary, Power Girl, and the Huntress fight and finally defeat Plague, the second Horseman, while Supergirl, Madame Xanadu, and Phantom Lady combine forces to beat War on Earth-X.

Wonder Woman No. 293
July 1982
Cover: Adjuciator vs. Wonder Woman, Wonder Girl, Black Canary, Supergirl, Starfire, Raven, Huntress, and Power Girl //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano (signed)
Story: “Countdown To Chaos” (14 pages)
 “A Judgment Rendered” (11 pages)
Editor: Len Wein
Plotters: Paul Levitz and Marv Wolfman
Scripter: Roy Thomas
Penciller: Gene Colan
Inker: Frank McLaughlin
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Carl Gafford
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #202)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyte (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #200), Paula, Amazons
GS: Wonder Girl, Raven, Starfire (between NEW TEEN TITANS (first series) #20 and TALES OF THE NEW TEEN TITANS (first series) #1), Power Girl, Huntress (both next appear in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #207), Madame Xanadu (next appears in ?), Supergirl (next appears in SUPERMAN FAMILY #219), Phantom Lady (next appears in DC COMICS PRESENTS #62), Zatanna (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #202)
Intro: Earth-I and the people of Earth-I (only appearance), the Overseers (no appearance; name only mentioned; only appearance)
Villains: Adjuciator, Death (last appearance for both)
Comments: This is Book Three of “Judgment In Infinity”.
 Shortly after this story Wonder Woman and the Justice League have an adventure aboard a hospital spaceship in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #202, briefly appears in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #281, helps the Justice League battle the Royal Flush Gang and Hector Hammond in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #203-205, and helps them congratulate Air Wave in ACTION COMICS #535.
Synopsis: At Titans Tower, Raven collapses in agony, and Starfire and Wonder Girl take her to Paradise Island for treatment.  Queen Hippolyte reveals that the source of her pain is in another Earth, so the two Titan women travel to that world, named “Earth-I” because the inhabitants have become immortals and are ruled by pure intellect.  There they fight and defeat Death, the last of the Adjuciator’s Four Horsemen, and with his recall Raven’s pain is assuaged.  But the three Titans and the other heroines involved in the four-Earth war are captured by the Adjuciator, who intends to save them as specimens of the four Earths he intends to destroy.  Wonder Woman escapes her prison and frees her allies, who are struck down by the Adjuciator’s power.  As a last measure, the Amazon encircles him with the Magic Lasso, and asks him to think back to the time when he was first given his mission.  When he says that he was given the job of judging “unimportant planets” by an Overseer to keep him “out of trouble”, he realizes that his thoughts will summon the Overseers to reclaim him, which they do.  Zatanna teleports the heroines back to their proper Earths just in time.

Wonder Woman No. 294
August 1982
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. The Blockbuster //Gil Kane / Frank Giacoia (signed)
Story: “Rampage” (18 pages)
Editor: Laurie Sutton
Plotter: Roy Thomas
Scripter: Marv Wolfman
Penciller: Gene Colan
Inker: Frank McLaughlin
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Carl Gafford
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in ACTION COMICS #535)
Supporting Characters: Etta Candy, Steve Trevor II (last appearance in PHANTOM ZONE #2), Sen. Abernathy, Gen. Darnell
Villain: The Blockbuster (last appearance in DETECTIVE COMICS #499; next appears in CRISIS ON INFINITE EARTHS #5)
Intro: Willie Macon, Martha Macon, Carrie Macon (only appearance)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman rescues a trucker who wrecked his rig because of an obsessive compulsion to play a video game.  The game finds its way into the hands of the Blockbuster, who is currently staying with the Macon family in Bleak Rock.  When Mr. Macon tries to take the game away, Blockbuster angrily slaps him away and, resorting to savagery for the first time since meeting the Macons, smashes out of their house and escapes.  While Diana Prince is being given a surprise birthday party (since that day is the fake birthday she gave the U.S. Army), she hears a news broadcast that the Blockbuster is attacking missle silos in the Appalachians.  She secretly switches to Wonder Woman, goes to the Appalachians, and battles Blockbuster until little Carrie Macon approaches him and gives him the broken video game, which pacifies him.  Wonder Woman allows Blockbuster to go back with the Macons.  Later, Wonder Woman tells Steve that there is something sinister about the “Commander Video” game, but after she leaves, he takes a version of the game out of his desk drawer and, glassy-eyed, begins playing it.

Wonder Woman No. 295
September 1982
Cover: Wonder Woman and General Electric over the White House //Rich Buckler / Frank Giacoia (signed)
Story: “Video Mania” (17 pages)
Editor: Marv Wolfman
Plotter: Roy Thomas
Scripter: Dan Mishkin
Penciller: Gene Colan
Inker: Frank McLaughlin
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Carl Gafford
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Gen. Darnell, Etta Candy, Steve Trevor
Villain: General Electric (last appearance in SANDMAN (first series) #1)
Intro: Warden Haskell White
Comment: This story is continued in the next issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman stops a riot in a department store caused by a rush of people trying compulsively to get the Commander Video videogame.  Meanwhile, the Sandman’s old foe General Electric, still in prison, has taken over the mind of the warden and many others by means of the game, which he created.  Electric contacts General Darnell, another of his mind-slaves, and has him transfer bombers and nuclear missles to the prison just as Wonder Woman bursts in after destroying Steve’s Commander Video game.  But when she attacks Darnell, the still-controlled general brands her a traitor, and she escapes to try and stop the weapons transfer.  Her Robot Plane takes a hit from a missle at the transfer site, and she falls unconscious into the hands of the military.

Wonder Woman No. 296
October 1982
Cover: Commander Video vs. chained Wonder Woman //Ernie Colon / Frank Giacoia (signed)
Story: “Mind Games” (16 pages)
Editor: Marv Wolfman
Plotter: Roy Thomas
Scripter: Dan Mishkin
Penciller: Gene Colan
Inker: Frank McLaughlin
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Carl Gafford
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor II, Gen. Darnell, Etta Candy
Other Character: Warden Haskell White
Cameo: Commander Video (in a video game)
Villain: General Electric (possibly dies in this story)
Comment: Story continues from last issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman is forced to play a video game to the death with General Electric.

Wonder Woman No. 297
November 1982
Cover: Wonder Woman playing “bullets and bracelets” //Mike Kaluta
Story: “Thunder On the Wind” (16 pages)
Editor: Marv Wolfman
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Penciller: Gene Colan
Inker: Frank McLaughlin
Letterer: Adam Kubert
Colorist: Carl Gafford
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor II, Queen Hippolyte, Amazons, Etta Candy
Intro: An ambassador (dies in this story)
Villains: Bellerophon, Aegeus (Nikos Aegeus), Carlos, Jacque, Sophia Constantinas (first appearance for all)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: A terrorist is changed into Aegeus, a villain who commands the thunderbolts of Zeus and rides the winged horse Pegasus, by Bellerophon, who uses him to kidnap Steve Trevor.

Wonder Woman No. 298
December 1982
Cover: Steve Trevor and Artemis’s skeleton //Frank Miller / Dick Giordano
Story: “Catacombs” (16 pages)
Editor: Marv Wolfman
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Penciller: Gene Colan
Inker: Frank McLaughlin
Letterer: John Costanza
Colorist: Carl Gafford
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Etta Candy, Steve Trevor II, Gen. Darnell, Queen Hippolyte, Amazons, Athena
Intro: the Chimera (in flashback)
Villain: Aegeus, Carlos, Sofia Constantinas, Bellerophon, Artemis (first appearance; last chronological appearance in flashback in issue #310; next appears in issue #301)
Comment: This story is continued in the next issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman consults the Magic Sphere on Paradise Island and learns of Bellerophon’s history.  On Themyscria, the island which the Amazons abandoned for their new home centuries ago, Bellerophon tries to wrest the location of Paradise Island out of Steve Trevor, desiring to turn the Purple Ray on himself and restore his power.  Aegeus tries torturing Steve, but Trevor escapes into the temple of Athena on the island.  There he, a terrorist who is destroyed, and Sofia behold a vision of Athena, who tries to persuade Sofia to turn against Aegeus.  Steve palms Athena’s scepter, which destroyed the terrorist, and hides it under his jacket.  He is recaptured by Aegeus who, minutes later, knocks an approaching Wonder Woman out of the sky with a thunderbolt.

Wonder Woman No. 299
January 1983
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Aegeus on Pegasus //Ed Hannigan / Dick Giordano (signed)
Story: “Target: Paradise” (16 pages)
Editor: Marv Wolfman
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Penciller: Gene Colan
Inker: Frank McLaughlin
Letterer: John Costanza
Colorist: Carl Gafford
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #209)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor II, Queen Hippolyte, Paula, Amazons (Phoebe named in this story)
Villains: Bellerophon (last appearance), Aegeus (next appears in issue #306), other terrorists (last appearance for all)
Comments: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman makes a brief appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #209.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman recovers and defeats the terrorists and Bellerophon, learning that Steve Trevor is now a captive of Aegeus.  Aegeus himself uses the thunderbolts of Zeus to show him the spot in the Bermuda Triangle in which Paradise Island is located, and makes a concerted attack on the island from long-range with his bolts.  Steve Trevor, dumped off Pegasus but caught by Queen Hippolyte, is taken to Science Island without touching ground and employs a hang-glider to try and attack Aegeus.  Wonder Woman appears, takes Steve back to Science Island, and defeats Aegeus, who uses a last thunderbolt to teleport himself away.  Wonder Woman, Steve, and Queen Hippolyte have a reunion on Science Island.
 

Wonder Woman No. 300
February 1983
Cover: Wonder Woman, Diana Prince, Steve Trevor, Etta Candy, Gen. Darnell, Jimmy Olsen, Lois Lane, Perry White, Green Arrow, Red Tornado, Kid Flash, Elongated Man, Wonder Girl, Raven, Green Lantern, Zatanna, Firestorm, Aquaman, Flash, Black Canary, Batman, Supergirl, J’onn J’onzz, Batgirl, infant Superman and Wonder Woman, Mars, Zeus, Mercury, Changeling, Queen Hippolyte, Hawkman, Hawkgirl, Atom, Sandman, Amazon, Starfire //Ed Hannigan / Dick Giordano
Story: “Beautiful Dreamer, Death Unto Thee” (10 pages)
 Chapter Two: “My Sister, My Self” (6 pages)
 Chapter Three: “The Sands of Doom” (14 pages)
 Chapter Four: “The Queen Is Dead!  Long Live the Queen” (6 pages)
 Interlude (2 pages)
 Chapter Five: “The Princess and the Sky-Pirate” (8 pages)
 Chapter Six: “Let No Superman Put Asunder” (8 pages)
 Chapter Seven: “The Power That Corrupts” (6 pages)
 Interlude (6 pages)
 Chapter Eight: “Beyond the Gates of Sleep” (6 pages)
Editor: Marv Wolfman
Writers: Roy Thomas, Dannette Thomas
Pencillers: Gene Colan (pgs. 1-10, 17-25, 30, 37-38, 45, 46, 53, 54, 61-72), Ross Andru (pgs. 11-16), Keith Giffen (pgs. 26-29), Jan Duursema (pgs. 31-36), Dick Giordano (pgs. 39-44), Rich Buckler (pgs. 47-52), Keith Pollard (pgs. 55-60)
Inkers: Frank McLaughlin (pgs. 1-10, 17-25, 30, 37, 38, 45, 46, 53, 54, 61-72), Dick Giordano (pgs. 11-16, 39-44), Larry Mahlstedt (pgs. 26-29), Tom Mandrake (pgs. 31-36), Rich Buckler (pgs. 47-52), Keith Pollard (pgs. 55-60)
Letterer: John Costanza
Colorist: Carl Gafford
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #209; next appears in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #286)
Supporting Characters: Etta Candy, Gen. Darnell, Steve Trevor II, Queen Hippolyte, Amazons, Paula (next appears in issue #313)
GS: Wonder Woman of Earth-Two (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #185; next appears in INFINITY, INC. #1), Sandman (last appearance in BEST OF DC #22; next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA ANNUAL #1; origin and real name, Dr. Garrett Sanford, revealed in this story), Superman (between DC COMICS PRESENTS #54 / 55)
GA: Batman, Flash (last appearance in BRAVE AND THE BOLD #197; next appears in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #287), Green Lantern (between GREEN LANTERN #159 / 160), Firestorm (last appearance in ALL-STAR SQUADRON #15; next appears in FURY OF FIRESTORM #8), Hawkman, Green Arrow (last appearance in DC COMICS PRESENTS #54; next appears in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #286), Zatanna (last apperance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #209; next appears in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #285), Black Canary (last appearance in DC COMICS PRESENTS #54; next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #213; with Superman, the Justice League of America; appear between SUPERMAN #387 / WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #286), Power Girl (last appearance in ALL-STAR SQUADRON #15; next appears in DC COMICS PRESENTS #56), Starfire, Wonder Girl (between NEW TEEN TITANS (first series) #27 / 28)
Villain: The Shadow-Thing (first appearance; destroyed in this story)
Reintro: Steve Trevor of Earth-Two (last appearance in issue #77; next appears in INFINITY, INC. #?; marriage to Wonder Woman of Earth-Two [in 1963] revealed in this story)
Intro: Lyta Trevor (Fury; daughter of Steve Trevor and Wonder Woman of Earth-Two; next appears in INFINITY, INC. #1), Trevor Stevens (a dream character; no actual existence; only appearance), Shiela Phillips (only appearance)
Cameo appearances: The president of the United States (in flashback), Mala, Athena, Aphrodite,
Comments: Wonder Woman of Earth-Two incorrectly says that her last meeting with Wonder Woman of Earth-One was in issue #228, in 1943.  They met since then in issue #243 (which encounter was wiped from the Earth-Two Wonder Woman’s mind) and in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #100-102.
 Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League investigate Zodiac coins in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #286-288.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman is plagued by a shadow-monster which equals her in power, until she encounters the Sandman, who calls the thing an escaped nightmare and helps her against it.  The dream-creature vanishes, and the Sandman explains that he was monitoring her dream and saw the Shadow-Thing emerge and attack her in the real world.  She becomes Diana Prince again and goes to the Pentagon, where she is rewarded with a promotion to major by Gen. Darnell.  After she becomes Wonder Woman again, she dozes and briefly encounters the Shadow-Thing again, but her Robot Plane vibrates into the Earth-Two dimension and she is saved by the Wonder Woman of that world.
 Wonder Woman accompanies her Earth-Two counterpart to the latter’s home, where she meets Steve Trevor of Earth-Two, married for 20 years to his Wonder Woman, and Lyta Trevor, their teenage daughter, who also has Amazon powers.  After she returns to her own Earth, Wonder Woman helps her Steve Trevor defeat terrorists, after which she proposes marriage to him, and he accepts.  Later, Diana Prince fakes her own death so that she will have no identity-conflicts later on, and is touched by Steve’s, Etta’s, and Gen. Darnell’s words at her funeral, which she attends as Wonder Woman.
 Afterward, the Sandman appears to Wonder Woman, explains his origins, and reveals that he is in love with her before departing.  Wonder Woman has several dreams of what her life might have been like if she had had to rule Paradise Island in her mother’s stead, if she had fallen in love with a man who turned out to be a crook, if she had married Superman, or if she had been an arrogant, power-hungry Wonder Woman.  None of these dreams turn out happily.
 Finally, when Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor are exchanging vows on a special platform just off Paradise Island, with the Justice League and several other heroes joining Hippolyte and the Amazons in attendance, she says “I do”, but Steve refuses to marry her.  In private, he tells Wonder Woman that he has lately become obsessed with Diana Prince, and her death has left a void even the Amazon cannot fill.  Steve and the wedding guests leave, and, hours later, Diana finds herself crying on the beach.
 The Sandman appears and makes her sleep with some of his sand, taking her into his dream dimension.  He proclaims his love to Wonder Woman, but they are interrupted again by the Shadow-Thing.  Both of them fight the creature, but, after she encircles it with her magic lasso, she learns that it is a personification of her fears, self-loathing, and death wish.  Then it vanishes forever.  The Sandman and Wonder Woman end up back on Paradise Island’s beach, where he confesses that he knew the true identity of the Shadow-Thing before he returns to the Dream Dimension.  Afterwards, Wonder Woman manages to convince others that Diana Prince is still alive, and reestablishes a romantic relationship with Steve Trevor.

Wonder Woman No. 301
March 1983
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Artemis’s skeleton //Ed Hannigan / Dick Giordano (signed)
Story: “Dark Challenger” (17 pages)
Editor: Marv Wolfman
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Penciller: Gene Colan
Inker: Frank McLaughlin
Letterer: John Costanza
Colorist: Carl Gafford
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #288)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyte, Amazons (Althea named in this story), Sofia Constantinas, Steve Trevor II, Etta Candy, Gen. Darnell
Intro: Maj. Keith Griggs
Villain: Artemis (last appearance in issue #298)
Comment: This story is continued in the next issue.
Synopsis: Sofia Constantinas participates in Amazon training, with her latest task being a half-mile swim to an island.  On her way there, she is grabbed and dragged underwater by a skeleton wielding a sword and wearing a tiara like Wonder Woman’s.  Wonder Woman herself sees the incident, rescues Sofia, and does battle with the skeleton.  When both Wonder Woman and the skeleton make their way to shore, Queen Hippolyte cries out the skeleton’s name, Artemis.  The skeleton, which is able to communicate, demands that the queen call her by the name she was known by 3000 years ago.  Hippolyte stammers, “It--it was Wonder Woman!”

Wonder Woman No. 302
April 1983
Cover: Wonder Woman //Ed Hannigan / Dick Giordano (photo background)
Story: “Victory” (16 pages)
Editor: Marv Wolfman
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Penciller: Gene Colan
Inker: Frank McLaughlin
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Carl Gafford
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyte (origin details revealed in this story), Amazons, Sofia Constantinas
Cameo appearances: Athena, Aphrodite (in flashback)
Villains: Artemis (origin revealed; dies in this story; flashback in issue #310 occurs after origin flashback), Circe ( last appearance in SUPERMAN’S GIRL FRIEND, LOIS LANE #92; appears in issue #305)
Synopsis: Wonder Woman, having been chained by a device designed by Hades himself, remembers what she was told of Artemis’s origin: three millenia ago, Artemis had been Hippolyta’s closest friend on the isle of Themiscria.  When their old queen died, Hippolyta won the right to the crown by battling and defeating Artemis.  Later, Athena and Aphrodite appeared and commanded her to send an Amazon champion into Man’s World, and Artemis was chosen.  She was given sword, shield, and tiara, and became known to men of the ancient world as Wonder Woman, anticipating Princess Diana by three millenia.  However, Artemis was corrupted by the city-states she went to, defied Athena’s will, and was destroyed.  Now, the partially-revived Artemis wishes to kill Hippolyta, and is fighting her way through the latter’s Amazon guard to do so.  Wonder Woman finally succeeds in snapping her chains and smashing out of her underground prison, and challenges Artemis.  The skeletal Amazon battles her, but Wonder Woman snatches her foe’s sword away with her magic lasso, deducing it is the source of her power.  Deprived of the sword, Artemis’s skeleton crumbles away into dust.  Elsewhere, Circe, the sorceress who revived Artemis, observes the happenings in her crystal ball and vows revenge.

Wonder Woman No. 303
May 1983
Cover: Wonder Woman //Gil Kane (signed)
Story: “Mystery of the Magnetic Menace” (16 pages)
Editor: Marv Wolfman
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Penciller: Gene Colan
Inker: Frank McLaughlin
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Carl Gafford
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in DC COMICS PRESENTS ANNUAL #2)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Keith Griggs, Etta Candy
Villain: Dr. Polaris (last appearance in GREEN LANTERN #135)
Intro: Tony Clayton (dies in this story)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman briefly appears with the Justice League in DC COMICS PRESENTS ANNUAL #2.
Synopsis: After an incident in which a USAF plane is destroyed by a mysterious force, both Steve Trevor and Maj. Keith Griggs make a dual test flight over the area in question.  Once there, they behold a gigantic apparition materializing before them, which turns out to be Green Lantern’s old foe Dr. Polaris.  Diana Prince becomes Wonder Woman and takes her Robot Plane to the area, fighting the materialized villain to little avail.  Dr. Polaris magnetically puts both Trevor’s and Griggs’s planes on a collision course, and Wonder Woman has only seconds left to deal with the situation.

Wonder Woman No. 304
June 1983
Cover: Wonder Woman //Gil Kane (signed)
Story: “Polaris Means Peril” (16 pages)
Editor: Ernie Colon
Writer:   Dan Mishkin
Penciller: Gene Colan
Inker: Frank McLaughlin
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Carl Gafford
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in DC COMICS PRESENTS ANNUAL #2)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Keith Griggs, Etta Candy, Gen. Darnell
Villain: Dr. Polaris (next appears in CRISIS ON INFINITE EARTHS #1)
Synopsis: Wonder Woman snags Keith Griggs’s jet with her Magic Lasso and pulls it off-course from Trevor’s plane.  Polaris refuses to battle Wonder Woman, though, telling her he is only interested in Green Lantern.  When she informs him that the Emerald Gladiator is on a space mission, Polaris blasts Trevor’s plane apart, and says that he will find a way to make Green Lantern come back and fight him.  Then he vanishes.  Wonder Woman deduces that Dr. Polaris has gone back to his polar fortress at the North Pole.  With Steve costumed as a stand-in Green Lantern, suspended by a rope from the transparent Robot Plane, Wonder Woman uses him as a decoy while she battles Polaris and Keith Griggs booby-traps Polaris’s fortress.  The magnetic villain learns of the plan and tries to save his headquarters, but appears to be caught in the blast that destroys it.  Wonder Woman rescues Griggs and returns with him and Trevor to America.

Wonder Woman No. 305
July 1983
Cover: Wonder Woman //Gil Kane
Story: “The Day of the Man-Beasts” (16 pages)
Editor: Ernie Colon
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Penciller: Gene Colan
Inker: Frank McLaughlin
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Carl Gafford
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Etta Candy, Sen. Abernathy
Villain: Circe (last appearance in issue #302; next appears in issue #312), the Minotaur, a manhawk (first and only appearance for both)
Synopsis: Wonder Woman is attacked by man-beasts created by Circe, who has been told in prophecy that she and the Amazon are fated to be adversaries.

Wonder Woman No. 306
August 1983
Cover: Wonder Woman (twice) and Robot Plane //Jose Luis Garcia-Lopez / Dick Giordano (signed)
Story: “Secrets and Suspicions” (16 pages)
Editor: Ernie Colon
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Artist: Don Heck
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Lisa Abernathy (first appearance), Etta Candy, Steve Trevor, Sen. Abernathy
Intro: Michaelson, Hector (only appearance for both)
Villain: Aegeus (last appearance in issue #299), Howard Kohler (first appearance), three terrorists (first and only appearance)
Comment: This story is continued in the next issue.
Synopsis: Senator Abernathy suffers a heart attack and Wonder Woman helps nab a team of terrorists who try to kill him, while Aegeus returns to attack Steve Trevor.

Wonder Woman No. 307
September 1983
Cover: Zeus throwing thunderbolts at Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor  //Gil Kane
Story: “Vulcan’s Daggers” (16 pages)
Editor: Ernie Colon
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Penciller: Don Heck
Inker: Dan Mishkin
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Etta Candy, Steve Trevor, Gen. Darnell, Keith Griggs, Sen. Abernathy, Lisa Abernathy
Villains: Aegeus, Howard Kohler (last appearance for both)
Comment: This story continues from last issue.
Synopsis: Aegeus wounds Steve and breaks one of Wonder Woman’s bracelets with the daggers of Vulcan, while another party plots Sen. Abernathy’s death.

Wonder Woman No. 308
October 1983
Cover: Black Canary vs. Wonder Woman and Elongated Man //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano (signed)
Story: “Heritage” (16 pages)
Editor: Ernie Colon
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Artist: Don Heck
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
GS: Black Canary (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #216), Elongated Man (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #209)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyte, Aphrodite (last appearance in DC COMICS PRESENTS #32), Sofia Constantinas, Amazons, Athena (next appears in BLUE DEVIL #10), Gen. Darnell, Keith Griggs, Etta Candy
Intro: Zenna Persik
Villain: Karl Schlagel (the Knife; first appearance)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Sofia Constantinas witnesses the ceremony in which Wonder Woman’s bracelets of submission and magic lasso are restored by Athena and Aphrodite.  Then Diana is sent from the temple, but Sofia remains concealed and hears the goddesses and the queen comment that Steve Trevor has been brought back twice from the dead.
 Elsewhere, the Black Canary tries to stop a woman from chasing an old man, only to discover that the old man is a Nazi, Karl Schlagel, and that the woman, a Gypsy mystic, performs a mind-transferrence with her and now occupies the Canary’s body.  The Gypsy, Zenna Persik, beams up to the Justice League satellite in search of a weapon that will help her bring down Schlagel, but Wonder Woman and the Elongated Man capture her and learn her story.  Meanwhile, the Black Canary, in Zenna’s body, is captured by the beast-men of Dr. Schlagel, who prepares to inject her with a hypodermic.

Wonder Woman No. 309
November 1983
Cover: Wonder Woman and Black Canary trying to liberate children from Karl Schlagel’s mind-machine  //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano
Story: “The Black Canary Is Dead” (16 pages)
Editor: Alan Gold
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Artist: Don Heck
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
GS: Black Canary, Elongated Man
Supporting Characters: Etta Candy, Steve Trevor, Lisa Abernathy, Eloise Abernathy (first appearance; Lisa’s daughter; next appears in issue #319)
Other Character: Zenna Percik
Villain: Karl Schlagel (dies in this story)
Comment: This story continues in part in the next issue.
Synopsis: Karl Schlagel threatens to use the harnessed psychic power of his captive children against the American military, and Zenna Percik transfers her mind out of the Black Canary’s body into Wonder Woman’s to stop him.

Wonder Woman No. 310
December 1983
Cover: //Howard Bender / Dick Giordano (signed)
Story: “All’s Fair” (16 pages)
Editor: Alan Gold
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Penciller: Mark Beachum
Inker: Pablo Marcos
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #217)
GS: Black Canary (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #217)
Supporting Character: Queen Hippolyta (in flashback; see Comment under issue #78 for chronology)
Intro: Cleon (in flashback; only appearance)
Villains: Mars (Ares; in flashback; between flashbacks in issue #159), Artemis (in flashback; last chronological appearance in flashback in issue #302; next chronological appearance in issue #297)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League fight Garn Daanuth in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #217, helps the Justice League and the New Teen Titans battle Brainiac in ACTION COMICS #546, is on hand when Batman resigns from the Justice League in BATMAN AND THE OUTSIDERS #1, helps the Justice League and the Sandman battle Dr. Destiny in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA ANNUAL #1, and helps the Justice League battle Prof. Ivo in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #218.  Then Wonder Woman appears briefly in THE FLASH #323 and votes on The Flash’s membership in the Justice League in THE FLASH #327-329 and Diana Prince briefly appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #219.
Synopsis: When Black Canary thinks that Wonder Woman should not reveal her secret identity to Steve Trevor as she is contemplating doing, she tells Dinah the story of how, in ancient times, Artemis, the first Wonder Woman, fell into a trap of Ares’s and was corrupted by not confessing her love for Cleon, a Greek soldier.

Wonder Woman No. 311
January 1984
Cover: Wonder Woman suspended from Robot Plane by gremlins //Ross Andru / Dick Giordano (signed)
Story: “Gremlins” (16 pages)
Editor: Alan Gold
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Artist: Don Heck
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in THE FLASH #329)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Gen. Darnell, Lisa Abernathy
Intro: Glitch and other Gremlins, Ytirflirks (as corpses)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor are taken to an island in the sky when their planes are disabled by gremlins.

Wonder Woman No. 312
February 1984
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Gremlins //Gil Kane (signed)
Story: “Escape” (16 pages)
Editor: Alan Gold
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Artist: Don Heck
Letterer: Phil Felix
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #221)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Glitch, Gen. Darnell, Lisa Abernathy, Keith Griggs, Queen Hippolyta, Sofia Constantinas
Intro: Marty (only appearance), Antiope (an Amazon; only appearance), McCurtin
Other characters: Ytirflirks (as corpses and in flashback; living Ytirflirks next appear in issue #324), Gremlins
Villain: Circe (last appearance in issue #305)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League fight Rex Maximus in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #221-223, teams with the Justice League, the Outsiders, and the Teen Titans to battle the Pantheon in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #300, and appears with the Justice League in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #302.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor learn the Gremlins’ history and attempt to retrieve the Robot Plane from them before the Gremlins’ mother-craft returns to the stars.

Wonder Woman No. 313
March 1984
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. Keith Griggs (as satyr) and Circe  //Ed Hannigan / Dick Giordano
Story: “The Animal Within” (16 pages)
Editor: Alan Gold
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Artist: Don Heck
Letterer: Phil Felix
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in WORLD’S FINEST COMICS #302)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyta, Amazons, Sofia Constantinos, Keith Griggs, Steve Trevor, Gen. Darnell, Etta Candy, Paula (last appearance in issue #300), Glitch
Villain: Circe
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Diana Prince is assigned to find the missing Keith Griggs in South America and, as Wonder Woman, finds that he has been turned into one of Circe’s man-beasts.

Wonder Woman No. 314
April 1984
Cover: Wonder Woman vs. griffin; man-beast vignettes //Gil Kane (signed)
Story: “The Nature of the Beast” (16 pages)
Editor: Alan Gold
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Artist: Don Heck
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Keith Griggs, Steve Trevor, Etta Candy, Paula, Sofia Constantinos, Glitch, Lisa Abernathy, South American Amazons (first appearance)
Intro: Jeff Weston
Villain: Circe (last appearance), Tezcatlipoca (first appearance)
Comment: Story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman continues to battle Circe, but manages to free her man-beasts from their animalizing spell.  Then Circe disappears into a mirror, and Wonder Woman discovers her true foe is the “god” Tezcatlipoca.

Wonder Woman No. 315
May 1984
Cover: Diana Prince seeing distorted Wonder Woman reflections in mirrors //Paris Cullens / Dick Giordano (signed)
Story: “The Face In the Mirror” (16 pages)
Editor: Alan Gold
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Artist: Don Heck
Letterer: Phil Felix
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Keith Griggs, Glitch, Sofia Constantinos, Steve Trevor, Etta Candy, Gen. Darnell, Lisa Abernathy, Howard Huckaby (first appearance; revealed in next issue), Sen. Brad Covington (next appears in issue #324)
Cameo appearance: Circe (in flashback)
Villains: Tezcatlipoca, South American Amazons
Comments: This story continues in the next issue.
 Steve Trevor II learns of his counterpart’s death in this story.
Synopsis: Tezcatlipoca transforms Wonder Woman back into a non-powered Diana Price, who nonetheless goes against him with the help of Keith Griggs.

Wonder Woman No. 316
June 1984
Cover: Wonder Woman and Amazons vs. Tezcatlipoca //Eduardo Barretto (signed)
Story: “The Chaos Game” (16 pages)
Editor: Alan Gold
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Artist: Don Heck
Letterer: Todd Klein
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Keith Griggs, Queen Hippolyta, Sofia Constantinas, Glitch, South American Amazons, Paula, Steve Trevor, Etta Candy, Howard Huckaby
Intro: Captain Montez (next appears in issue #326)
Villain: Tezcatlipoca (next appears in issue #326)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman fights Tezcatlipoca, freeing the Amazons of South America from his mental domination and finally defeating the god when she shatters an image which bound him to his mortal host.  The Amazons ask Wonder Woman if she is really Artemis, and tell her that Hippolyta told them she was dead, but that the queen has lied before.  Wonder Woman asks for answers from the women.

Wonder Woman No. 317
July 1984
Cover: Wonder Woman, Cerebrus, Steve Trevor, Glitch, Sofia Constantinos //Eduardo Barretto
Story: “Amazons” (16 pages)
Editor: Alan Gold
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Penciller: Don Heck
Inker: Rick Magyar
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #224)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Glitch, Queen Hippolyta, Amazons (next appear in TALES OF THE TEEN TITANS #50), South American Amazons (Ariadne and Maia named), Paula, Sofia Constantinas, Gen. Darnell, Etta Candy, Howard Huckaby
Intro: Atalanta (next appears in issue #328), Charon, Cerebrus
GS: Eros (last appearance in DC COMICS PRESENTS #38)
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman helps the Justice League fight Paragon in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #224, celebrate Supergirl’s anniversary in SUPERGIRL #20, and observe Swamp Thing’s battle with the Floronic Man in SAGA OF THE SWAMP THING #24, then attends the wedding of Wonder Girl and Terry Long in TALES OF THE TEEN TITANS #50.
Synopsis: Sofia Constantinas is mesmerized into entering the gates of the Underworld, but Steve Trevor and Glitch manage to free her.  Meanwhile, Wonder Woman learns from Atalanta, the queen of the South American Amazons, that Hippolyta was given her onus by Aphrodite to teach her how to love, though she refused to do so until the birth of Diana.

Wonder Woman No. 318
August 1984
Cover: Wonder Woman and Queen Hippolyta vs. pig-men //Eduardo Barretto (signed)
Story: “Paradise Burning” (16 pages)
Editor: Alan Gold
Writer: Kurt Busiek
Penciller: Irv Novick
Inker: Rick Magyar
Letterer: Phil Felix
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in TALES OF THE TEEN TITANS #50)
Supporting Characters: Queen Hippolyta, Amazons, Aphrodite (in the 63rd Century; last chronological appearance for all in LEGEND OF WONDER WOMAN #4; last appearance for all)
Villains: A race of pig-men (first and only appearance)
Synopsis: Wonder Woman is transported to the 63rd Century to save the Amazons from a race of pig-men who have inhabited their island, and from their abandonment of Aphrodite’s ways.

Wonder Woman No. 319
September 1984
Cover: Wonder Woman on missle; Huntress vignette //Eduardo Barretto (signed)
Story: “Diana Prince: Traitor” (16 pages)
Editor: Alan Gold
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Penciller: Don Heck
Inker: Rick Magyar
Letterer: Phil Felix
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Etta Candy, Steve Trevor, Glitch, Sofia Constantinos, Keith Griggs, Etta Candy, Gen. Darnell, Howard Huckaby, Sen. Abernathy, Eloise Abernathy (last appearance in issue #309)
Villain: Dr. Cyber (last appearance in issue #287)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Disguised as Diana Prince, Dr. Cyber steals the launch codes for America’s nuclear missles.

Wonder Woman No. 320
October 1984
Cover: Steve Trevor, Wonder Woman, Sofia Constantinos, Dr. Cyber //Eduardo Barretto (signed)
Story: “Launch On Warning” (16 pages)
Editor: Alan Gold
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Penciller: Don Heck
Inker: Rick Magyar
Letterer: Phil Felix
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Sofia Constantinos, Steve Trevor, Glitch, Gen. Darnell, Keith Griggs, Etta Candy, Howard Huckaby, Sen. Abernathy
GS: Eros
Villain: Dr. Cyber
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman tours a nuclear sub off course, causing the captain to reconsider his order to loose nuclear missles at Russia.  Sofia Constantinos finds herself prisoner of Dr. Cyber, who intends to implant her brain within Sofia’s body.  Diana returns to Washington, convinces Keith Griggs that the “Diana” who stole missle codes was really Dr. Cyber in disguise, and then, as Wonder Woman, breaks into Cyber’s stronghold, which Steve Trevor and Glitch have already infiltrated.  Steve and Wonder Woman battle Cyber, who defeats them, but not before revealing that she once killed Steve Trevor.  Wonder Woman ends up entangled in metal wires that heat up as she resists them, and Cyber says that soon Wonder Woman’s body will be as scarred as Cyber’s face.

Wonder Woman No. 321
Cover: Wonder Woman and Eros vs. Dr. Cyber //Eduardo Barretto (signed)
Story: “Doctor Cyber’s Revenge” (16 pages)
Editor: Alan Gold
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Penciller: Don Heck
Inker: Rick Magyar
Letterer: Bob Lappan
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Sofia Constantinos, Glitch, Etta Candy, Sen. Abernathy, Howard Huckaby, Brad, Lila Abernathy
GS: Eros
Villain: Dr. Cyber (next appears in CRISIS ON INFINITE EARTHS #10)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Eros frees Wonder Woman from the wire trap and joins her in her battle against Dr. Cyber, vowing vengeance against her, though she claims she does not even know him.  Along the way, the Amazon learns from Steve that her memories have been tampered with, partly by accident and partly because of Hippolyta.  Eros tries to destroy Cyber, but is yanked from the villainess’s sky-craft by Wonder Woman shortly before the vehicle crashes and blows up. When Wonder Woman and Steve ask Eros why he wanted to kill Cyber, he replies that he is the real Steve Trevor, and Cyber killed him.

Wonder Woman No. 322
December 1984
Cover: Wonder Woman with memory helmet, confronting Queen Hippolyta and Steve Trevor //Eduardo Barretto (signed)
Story: “Bid Time Return” (23 pages)
Editor: Alan Gold
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Penciller: Don Heck
Inker: Rick Magyar
Letterer: Phil Felix
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in GREEN LANTERN #181)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor (his mind merged with that of the first Steve Trevor in this story; next appears in GREEN LANTERN #181), Glitch, Etta Candy (next appears in BLUE DEVIL #10), Queen Hippolyta, Sofia Constantinas, Eros (last appearance), Aphrodite, Paula, Gen. Darnell, Keith Griggs, Lisa Abernathy, Eloise Abernathy, Amazons (last appearance in TALES OF THE TEEN TITANS #50), Kevin Carmichael (first appearance)
GS: Gardner Grayle (last appearance in DC COMICS PRESENTS #57)
Cameo appearance: I-Ching (in flashback)
Intro: Michelle, Mark (both next appear in issue #324), Cassandra
Comment: Shortly after this story Wonder Woman (as Diana Prince) and Steve Trevor briefly appear in GREEN LANTERN #181, then helps the Justice League, Justice Society, and Supergirl fight The Commander in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #231, 232, then helps the Justice League fight Anton Allegro and the Mad Maestro in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #237, 238, after which she leaves the Justice League in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #239.  Then Wonder Woman teams with Superman to fight Christine Cade in DC COMICS PRESENTS #76,  meets Ambush Bug in ACTION COMICS #565, and helps Blue Devil fight the Furies in BLUE DEVIL #10.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor finally learn the secrets behind their lost memories and Steve’s reanimation, and Eros, who had shared Trevor’s memories for a time, goes berserk.

Wonder Woman No. 323
February 1985
Cover: Wonder Woman, Dr. Psycho, Silver Swan, Angle Man, Cheetah, Howard Huckaby, Etta Candy (in Wonder Woman costume) //Eduardo Barretto (signed)
Story: “Night of Many Wonders” (23 pages)
Editor: Alan Gold
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Artist: Don Heck
Letterer: Phil Felix
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in BLUE DEVIL #10)
Supporting Characters: Etta Candy (last appearance in BLUE DEVIL #10), Howard Huckaby, Steve Trevor (last appearance in GREEN LANTERN #181), South American Amazons, Brad, Lisa Abernathy, Eloise Abernathy, Glitch, Keith Griggs
GS: Monitor (last appearance in G.I. COMBAT #276; next appears in ACTION COMICS #564), Lyla (last appearance in AMETHYST #2; next appears in ACTION COMICS #564)
GA: Gardner Grayle
Villains: Dr. Psycho (also appears as Captain Wonder; last appearance in issue #290; next appears in CRISIS ON INFINITE EARTHS #9), Silver Swan (last appearance in issue #290; next appears in CRISIS ON INFINITE EARTHS #5), Cheetah II (last appearance in JUSTICE LEAGUE OF AMERICA #197; next appears in CRISIS ON INFINITE EARTHS #9), Angle Man (last appearance in issue #273; next appears in CRISIS ON INFINITE EARTHS #11)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Dr. Psycho asks the Monitor to supply him with a new ectoplasmic extractor, so the Monitor gets the Cheetah to steal him one.  Unfortunately, Etta Candy and Howard Huckaby are on the premises at the time.  Howard believes Etta is really Wonder Woman and says so in the Cheetah’s hearing, causing the villainess to kidnap her and Howard.  The Silver Swan wishes the Monitor to locate Captain Wonder for her, so he directs her to Psycho’s hideout, just after Psycho has used the extractor to transform him into Captain Wonder again.  The Swan mistakenly thinks he is cheating on her with the Cheetah, and briefly attacks her before Psycho / Wonder breaks it up.  Meanwhile, the Angle Man asks the Monitor how to power up his new Angler, and is directed to the National Air and Space Museum, where Etta and company are.  Angle Man does find the object that can power up his Angler...a plane called the Daedalus, which he accidentally activates.  Captain Wonder stops the plane, with the help of the Silver Swan.  Howard uses the ectoplasmic extractor to transform Etta into a Wonder Woman copy, dubbed Wonder Etta.  As such, Etta is able to defeat the villains seconds before the real Wonder Woman appears on the scene.  Wonder Etta becomes regular Etta Candy shortly thereafter, and Howard proclaims his love for her.  Later, Diana Prince and Keith Griggs get together, and Glitch is teleported away by aliens from his homeworld.

Wonder Woman No. 324
April 1985
Cover: Atomic Knight vs. Wonder Woman //Paris Cullens / Romeo Tanghal (signed)
Story: “The Cassandra Complex” (23 pages)
Editor: Alan Gold
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Artist: Don Heck
Letterer: Ben Oda
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Intro: The Atomic Knight (Gardner Grayle)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Glitch, Queen Hippolyta, Lisa Abernathy, Etta Candy, Keith Griggs, Gen. Darnell, Eloise Abernathy, Sen. Brad Covington (between issues #315 / 326), Paula, Sofia Constantinas, Amazons
GS: Cassandra (last appearance)
Intro: Kevin, Yuri Illyich Kolosenko
Other Characters: Michelle, Mark
Villains: Ytirflirks (last appearance in issue #312), Russians
Comment: Story continues in next issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman and the Atomic Knight first do battle, then unite to attempt to stop nuclear war, only to be preempted by the arrival of the alien Ytirflirks.

Wonder Woman No. 325
May 1985
Cover: Wonder Woman, Steve Trevor, Atomic Knight, and Glitch vs. Ytirflirk //Paris Cullens / Murphy Anderson (signed)
Story: “The Gremlin From the Kremlin” (23 pages)
Editor: Alan Gold
Writer: Dan Mishkin
Artist: Don Heck
Letterers: Ben Oda, John Costanza
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (next appears in BLUE DEVIL #10)
GS: Atomic Knight (next appears in CRISIS ON INFINITE EARTHS #10)
Supporting Characters: Glitch, Eloise Abernathy (last appearance for both), Steve Trevor, Sofia Constantinas, Lisa Abernathy,  Paula, Amazons, Keith Griggs, Etta Candy, Gen. Darnell, Lt. Lauren Haley (first appearance)
Intro: Alexi Petrovich, Marty (only appearance for both)
Other Characters: Mark, Kevin, Yuri Illyich Kolosenko, Gremlins (last appearance for all)
Villains: Ytirflirks (last appearance), Antiope
Comments: Story continues from last issue.
 Shortly after this story Wonder Woman teams up with Blue Devil in BLUE DEVIL #10, appears with other former Justice League members during the Red Tornado’s battle with The Construct in RED TORNADO #1, 3, and helps Superman, Batman and Robin battle Mongul in SUPERMAN ANNUAL #11.
Synopsis: While Wonder Woman and Steve Trevor strive to overcome the Ytirflirks and destroy a bomb trigger mechanism in an alien spacecraft, the Atomic Knight and a Russian soldier search for a bomb in the Kremlin that could destroy the Earth’s atmosphere.

Wonder Woman No. 326
July 1985
Cover: //Paris Cullins / Rick Magyar
Story: “Tropidor Heat” (23 pages)
Editor: Alan Gold
Writer: Mindy Newell
Artist: Don Heck
Letterer: Helen Vesik
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in SUPERMAN ANNUAL #11)
Supporting Characters: Etta Candy, Keith Griggs, Lauren Haley, Mala, Paula, Queen Hippolyta, Amazons, Lisa Abernathy, Sen. Brad Covington
Intro: Gene Lewis, Nick Jones
Villains: Tezcatlipoca, Montez (last appearance for both in issue #316), Antiope, Delilah (first appearance; revealed in issue #328)
Comment: This story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Wonder Woman follows Keith Griggs and Lauren Haley to the Central American nation of Tropidor on an investigative mission, and turns up Tezcatlipoca.

Wonder Woman No. 327
September 1985
Cover: Wonder Woman, Aztec priests, Tezcatlipoca, and Keith Griggs //Eduardo Barretto (signed)
Story: “A World In Chaos” (23 pages)
Editor: Alan Gold
Writer: Mindy Newell
Artist: Don Heck
Letterer: Helen Vesik
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman
Supporting Characters: Keith Griggs, Etta Candy, Howard Huckaby, Gen. Darnell, Paula, Amazons, Queen Hippolyta, Lt. Lauren Haley, Sophia Constantinas, Sen. Brad Covington, Lisa Abernathy
Intro: Teddy (only appearance), Demeter
Other Characters: Gene Lewis
Villains: Tezcatlipoca (last appearance), Montez, Antiope, Delilah
Comments: This story continues in the next issue.
 This issue is bannered as a Crisis on Infinite Earths crossover.
Synopsis:  Wonder Woman is caught in a cosmic storm caused by the approach of anti-matter, as the skies go red. When she regains control of the Robot Plane, she is over the South American jungle where Tezcatlipoca is lurking, and witnesses the “death” of Keith Griggs three times, as the “god” demonstrates his power to create a reality “loop”.  Wonder Woman breaks the loop by force of will, and frees herself and her three friends from Tezcatlipoca’s grasp.  Meanwhile, on Paradise Island, the Amazons begin debating whether or not to choose a new queen.

Wonder Woman No. 328
December 1985
Cover: Hermes and Wonder Woman vs. Shadow-demons //Joe Brozowski / Dick Giordano (signed)
Story: “To Everything a Season” (23 pages)
Editor: Alan Gold
Writer: Mindy Newell
Artists: Don Heck (pgs. 1-7, 18-20), Pablo Marcos (pgs. 8-17, 21-23)
Letterer: Helen Vesik
Colorist: Shelley Eiber
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (page 23 happens isochronally with her appearance in CRISIS ON INFINITE EARTHS #4; next appears in CRISIS ON INFINITE EARTHS #5)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor, Etta Candy, Gen. Darnell (origin revealed in flashback, his earliest appearance, preceding his introduction in issue #161; last appearance), Keith Griggs (last appearance), Amazons (several die in this story), Queen Hippolyta, Sophia Constantinas (last appearance), Paula, Howard Huckaby, Lauren Haley, Hermes (last appearance in DC COMICS PRESENTS #41), Zeus, Aphrodite, Athena (last appearance in BLUE DEVIL #10), Olympian gods, Sen. Brad Covington (last appearance)
Other Characters: Gene Lewis (last appearance), Demeter
Intro: Kore, Orthia, Lysippe (dies in this story), Delilah’s father (in flashback; dies in this story)
Cameo: Franklin Delano Roosevelt (of Earth-One; in flashback)
Villains: Antiope (dies in this story), Montez (last appearance; dies before this story begins), Weaponers of Qward (last appearance in GREEN LANTERN (2nd series) #150; next appear in CRISIS ON INFINITE EARTHS #7), shadow-demons (appear within CRISIS ON INFINITE EARTHS #4), Delilah (last appearance)
Comment: This issue is bannered as a Crisis crossover.
 Wonder Woman’s appearance on page 23 of this story takes place isochronally with her appearance in CRISIS ON INFINITE EARTHS #4.  Afterward, Wonder Woman helps the heroes of the Multiverse battle the Anti-Monitor in CRISIS ON INFINITE EARTHS #5-7 before the story continues in the next issue.
Synopsis: Keith Griggs, Steve Trevor, Etta Candy, and Lauren Haley rezendevous in Gen. Darnell’s office as ordered, even as Darnell prepares to give testimony before a Congressional subcommittee.  The Amazonian Senate is on the verge of ousting Hippolyte as queen just as the goddess Demeter appears before them, creates mystic armor and clothes the Amazons in it, and tells them that Earth and Olympus are under attack, only seconds before the Anti-Monitor’s shadow-demons burst in and begin battling and killing Amazons.  Diana Prince arrives in Darnell’s office, but Hermes appears, reveals her Wonder Woman identity to the others, and requests her aid.  Diana becomes Wonder Woman just as Weaponers from Qward smash in and attack, but the Amazon and Hermes defeat them.  Then Hermes takes Wonder Woman away with him, while Darnell himself faces Delilah, his long-lost lover and enemy from Burma, who has exposed his dealing in contraband arms.
 Wonder Woman and Hermes arrive on Paradise Island to see the shadow-demons, massed into a huge giant, laying waste to the Amazons.  Diana goes to Science Island, locates the Purple Ray, turns it on the giant shadow-demon, and causes it to explode.  The Amazons are victorious, but Hippolyte refuses to accept it, saying that the dream is over, and her daughter has only returned to die.  She leads the Amazons in a prayer service, but the Olympian gods are hesitant; Zeus says that, if Hippolyta will not lead the Amazons to help them, then the gods must battle the Anti-Monitor’s forces alone.

Wonder Woman No. 329
February 1986
Cover: Wonder Woman, Amazons, and Olympian gods //Jose Luis Garcia-Lopez (signed)
Story: “Of Gods and Men” (38 pages)
Editor: Alan Gold
Writer: Gerry Conway
Artist: Don Heck
Letterer: Helen Vesik
Colorist: Nansi Hoolahan
Feature Character: Wonder Woman (last appearance in CRISIS ON INFINITE EARTHS #7; next appears in CRISIS ON INFINITE EARTHS #9; marries Steve Trevor in this story)
Supporting Characters: Steve Trevor (marries Wonder Woman in this story; last appearance), Queen Hippolyte (next appears in CRISIS ON INFINITE EARTHS #11), Amazons (next appear in CRISIS ON INFINITE EARTHS #11), Etta Candy, Howard Huckaby, South American Amazons, Kore, Hermes, Olympian gods (last appearance for all), Atalanta (last appearance in issue #317; last appearance), Lauren Haley (dies in this story), Zeus (next appears in CRISIS ON INFINITE EARTHS #12)
GA: Achilles (last appearance in ACTION COMICS #267; last appearance)
Intro: Agamemnon, Odysseus, Ajax (first (?) and only appearance for all; as zombies)
Villains: Anti-Monitor (between CRISIS ON INFINITE EARTHS #7 / 8), Mars (Ares; last appearance in issue #290; last appearance), Hades (first and only appearance)
Comments: This is the final issue of WONDER WOMAN.
 This is a Crisis crossover.
 After this story, Wonder Woman rejoins the heroes of the Multiverse to battle the Anti-Monitor in CRISIS ON INFINITE EARTHS #9-12, and is turned into clay again in the last issue.  In THE LEGEND OF WONDER WOMAN #1-4, Queen Hippolyta reminesces about Wonder Woman before allowing the effects of the Crisis to fully take hold on the new Earth.
Synopsis: After meeting with both the Anti-Monitor and Mars, Hades agrees to help his newfound allies against the Olympian gods and Amazons.  On Paradise Island, despite Wonder Woman’s encouragement, Hippolyte sees devastation and refuses to try to continue.  But Kore appears to both Amazons and tells them Hades, her husband, has fallen in with the Anti-Monitor, and both of them will find no respite in the underworld.  At that point, the dead Amazons are reanimated by Hades, turned into zombies, and sent against Hippolyte, Wonder Woman, and Kore, but Diana defeats them and Kore sends them back to Hades’s realm.
 On Earth, Lauren Haley dies as she falls in a crevasse.  Wonder Woman returns to Washington, D.C. and reunites with Steve Trevor.  Both of them kiss, embrace, and declare their love for each other, leaving Etta alone with Howard.  Howard admits he is in love with Etta, and she says that she has a feeling they will never see Wonder Woman or Steve again.  Steve heads for Olympus with Wonder Woman in the Robot Plane.
 On Olympus, Wonder Woman, Steve, and Hippolyta’s Amazons face Mars and his zombie legions, until the mortal Amazons of South America join battle, crushing Mars’s forces between themselves and their immortal sisters.  Kore declares that the breach between mortal and immortal Amazon is healed.  Wonder Woman and Mars begin fighting one another.  Steve Trevor deduces that the Olympian gods have been imprisoned inside giant statues of themselves, and topples one to release Zeus, trapping Mars under the falling statuary.  Kore journeys to the underworld, tells Hades that she still loves him, and gets him to withdraw his support from Mars and the Anti-Monitor.  The zombie legions are withdrawn to the Underworld again.  Zeus proclaims that the battle is won, but the war against the Anti-Monitor still goes on.  Wonder Woman asks Steve to marry him, and he consents.  Zeus performs the ceremony, with Hippolyta’s blessing and all the Amazons in attendance.  That night, Diana tells Steve of a dream she had, about both of them walking in the sunlight through a golden field, their child by their side.  The two of them embrace and kiss.

 (back to home)